Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,784 missions · 982 completed

Missions

Open802Completed982All1784
EconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Model of Shoppertainment Live Streaming: Zero Entertainment Bandwidth Is Never Optimal, the Optimal Bandwidth Lies Beyond the Traffic Peak, and Is Full Entertainment When vₑ > v(1+q)/4Research Paper

Motivation

In shoppertainment live streaming a single streamer sells products from many manufacturers during live sessions that mix product presentation with entertainment. Some of the most successful streamers spend much of their air time on content unrelated to the products; the paper cites Dong Yuhui, who devotes his sessions to English lessons. Traditional TV shopping (QVC) does the opposite and spends all air time on product features. This raises a question for operations and marketing: how should a streamer split a session's limited bandwidth between entertainment and product information?

Gu, Zhao and Wu (Management Science, 2024) answer it in a three-stage game between a streamer, a pool of manufacturers and a population of consumers. Entertainment attracts consumers directly, but it also leaves them less certain whether a product fits, and that uncertainty changes how manufacturers price. The paper's headline result, Proposition 3, says that zero entertainment is never optimal. This mission formalizes Proposition 3 together with the chain of lemmas and propositions of Section 4 on which it rests.

Setting

A product has quality q∈[0,1]q \in [0,1]q∈[0,1], the probability that it fits a consumer. A good fit is worth v>0v > 0v>0 and a bad fit 000. The qualities of the contracted manufacturers are uniform on [q‾,1][\underline q, 1][q​,1], where q‾∈[0,1)\underline q \in [0,1)q​∈[0,1) is the streamer's quality threshold; write dF(q)=dq/(1−q‾)dF(q) = dq/(1-\underline q)dF(q)=dq/(1−q​). The streamer keeps a commission rate α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1) of sales revenue.

The streamer chooses an entertainment bandwidth te∈[0,1]t_e \in [0,1]te​∈[0,1], the share of a session spent on entertainment. Each attending consumer receives a fit signal whose accuracy is 1−te1 - t_e1−te​. After a good signal the posterior fit probability is 1−te+teq1 - t_e + t_e q1−te​+te​q, after a bad one it is teqt_e qte​q. The two willingness-to-pay levels are therefore

pH=(1−te+teq) v,pL=teqv.p_H = (1 - t_e + t_e q)\,v, \qquad p_L = t_e q v .pH​=(1−te​+te​q)v,pL​=te​qv.

With TTT attending consumers, the demand at price ppp is TTT if p≤pLp \le p_Lp≤pL​ (everyone buys), qTqTqT if pL<p≤pHp_L < p \le p_HpL​<p≤pH​ (only good-signal consumers buy), and 000 above pHp_HpH​. A manufacturer earns (1−α) p D(p)(1-\alpha)\,p\,D(p)(1−α)pD(p).

Write t^e=1/(2−q‾)\hat t_e = 1/(2-\underline q)t^e​=1/(2−q​) and q^=2−1/te\hat q = 2 - 1/t_eq^​=2−1/te​. In equilibrium a manufacturer of quality qqq prices low (pLp_LpL​) exactly when te>1/(2−q)t_e > 1/(2-q)te​>1/(2−q), that is, when q<q^q < \hat qq<q^​. A consumer's expected shopping surplus Eup(te)Eu_p(t_e)Eup​(te​) is the average, over manufacturers, of what the consumer gains at the equilibrium price. Attending costs are uniform on [0,K][0,K][0,K], and the streamer's entertaining capability ve≥0v_e \ge 0ve​≥0 gives the entertainment utility vetev_e t_eve​te​, so the attending traffic is

T(te)=vete+Eup(te)K.T(t_e) = \frac{v_e t_e + Eu_p(t_e)}{K}.T(te​)=Kve​te​+Eup​(te​)​.

The individual profitability π(te)\pi(t_e)π(te​) is the streamer's expected commission from one attending consumer, and the streamer's payoff is Π(te)=T(te) π(te)\Pi(t_e) = T(t_e)\,\pi(t_e)Π(te​)=T(te​)π(te​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 33)

For 0<α<10 < \alpha < 10<α<1, v>0v > 0v>0, K>0K > 0K>0, 0≤q‾<10 \le \underline q < 10≤q​<1 and ve≥0v_e \ge 0ve​≥0:

  1. te=0t_e = 0te​=0 is not a maximizer of Π\PiΠ on [0,1][0,1][0,1], and Π\PiΠ attains its maximum on [0,1][0,1][0,1];
  2. if ve≤v(1+q‾)/4v_e \le v(1+\underline q)/4ve​≤v(1+q​)/4, every maximizer te∗t^*_ete∗​ of Π\PiΠ satisfies te∗≥teTt^*_e \ge t^T_ete∗​≥teT​ for every maximizer teTt^T_eteT​ of TTT;
  3. if ve>v(1+q‾)/4v_e > v(1+\underline q)/4ve​>v(1+q​)/4, then
Π(te)<Π(1)for all te∈[0,1).\Pi(t_e) < \Pi(1) \qquad \text{for all } t_e \in [0,1).Π(te​)<Π(1)for all te​∈[0,1).

Milestones

  • Lemma 2 (p. 24): a manufacturer of quality q>0q > 0q>0 maximizes profit at pLp_LpL​ (uniquely) when te>1/(2−q)t_e > 1/(2-q)te​>1/(2−q) and at pHp_HpH​ when te≤1/(2−q)t_e \le 1/(2-q)te​≤1/(2−q).
  • Proposition 1 (p. 25): the proportion of low-pricing manufacturers is ψ(te)=(q^−q‾)/(1−q‾)\psi(t_e) = (\hat q - \underline q)/(1-\underline q)ψ(te​)=(q^​−q​)/(1−q​) for te>t^et_e > \hat t_ete​>t^e​ and 000 otherwise; it increases in tet_ete​ and decreases in q‾\underline qq​.
  • Lemma 3 (p. 27): Eup=∫q‾q^(1−te) qv dF(q)Eu_p = \int_{\underline q}^{\hat q}(1-t_e)\,q v\,dF(q)Eup​=∫q​q^​​(1−te​)qvdF(q) for te>t^et_e > \hat t_ete​>t^e​, and 000 otherwise.
  • Display (14) (p. 31): π(te)=α(∫q‾q^pL dF+∫q^1pHq dF)\pi(t_e) = \alpha\big(\int_{\underline q}^{\hat q} p_L\,dF + \int_{\hat q}^1 p_H q\,dF\big)π(te​)=α(∫q​q^​​pL​dF+∫q^​1​pH​qdF) for te>t^et_e > \hat t_ete​>t^e​, and α∫q‾1pHq dF\alpha \int_{\underline q}^1 p_H q\,dFα∫q​1​pH​qdF otherwise.
  • Proposition 2 (p. 27): TTT is strictly increasing on [0,1][0,1][0,1] if ve>v(1+q‾)/2v_e > v(1+\underline q)/2ve​>v(1+q​)/2; otherwise it strictly increases up to a peak teT∈[t^e,1]t^T_e \in [\hat t_e, 1]teT​∈[t^e​,1] and strictly decreases after it.
  • Lemma 4 (p. 32): π\piπ strictly decreases and then strictly increases on [0,1][0,1][0,1], is maximal at both te=0t_e = 0te​=0 and te=1t_e = 1te​=1, and is strictly increasing in q‾\underline qq​.

Significance

Proposition 3 is the paper's managerial conclusion. Spending all bandwidth on product information, as TV shopping does, is never optimal. A streamer should allocate at least the traffic-maximizing share to entertainment, and should go to full entertainment once its entertaining capability exceeds v(1+q‾)/4v(1+\underline q)/4v(1+q​)/4. Corollary 2 and the extensions of Section 5 of the paper (informing capability, in-session adjustment, competing streamers) build on this result and on the Section 4 chain.

The results are proved in the paper and its Online Supplementary, and none is machine-checked. The supplement's argument for the regime ve>v(1+q‾)/4v_e > v(1+\underline q)/4ve​>v(1+q​)/4 shows only that dΠ/dte>0d\Pi/dt_e > 0dΠ/dte​>0 at te=1t_e = 1te​=1, a local statement. The goal here asks for the global claim that te=1t_e = 1te​=1 is the unique maximizer, so a complete formalization closes a gap in the published argument. The milestones make the paper's equilibrium derivation (manufacturer pricing, consumer surplus, traffic, profitability) checkable step by step.

Difficulty

Lemma 2, Proposition 1, Lemma 3 and display (14) are elementary: case analysis of a price and integrals of piecewise polynomials whose switch point q^(te)\hat q(t_e)q^​(te​) depends on tet_ete​. Proposition 2 and Lemma 4 need sign analysis of explicit rational functions of tet_ete​ on [t^e,1][\hat t_e, 1][t^e​,1], uniformly in q‾∈[0,1)\underline q \in [0,1)q​∈[0,1). The traffic is not concave there: its surplus component is convex on part of the interval and concave on the rest.

The goal is the hard part. Π=Tπ\Pi = T\piΠ=Tπ is the product of a function that rises and then falls (Proposition 2) and a function that falls and then rises (Lemma 4), so the shape of either factor does not settle where the product peaks. Comparing maximizers of Π\PiΠ with maximizers of TTT, and ruling out an interior maximum of Π\PiΠ above the threshold v(1+q‾)/4v(1+\underline q)/4v(1+q​)/4 for every q‾\underline qq​ and vev_eve​, requires quantitative control of the product, not just the monotonicity pattern of its factors. Checking the sign of dΠ/dted\Pi/dt_edΠ/dte​ at te=1t_e = 1te​=1 alone is not enough.

Formalization scope

All parameters are real numbers and every function of the model is total; the statements carry the standing ranges as hypotheses. The bandwidth domain is Set.Icc 0 1, and "optimal" means IsMaxOn on that set. The single definitions file Shoppertainment.OptimalBandwidth.Model contains pHp_HpH​, pLp_LpL​, the demand (8) extended by 000 above pHp_HpH​, the manufacturer's profit, t^e\hat t_et^e​, q^\hat qq^​, the equilibrium pricing rule, ψ\psiψ (as a Lebesgue measure), the consumer's ex-ante surplus, EupEu_pEup​, TTT, the revenue per attending consumer, π\piπ and Π\PiΠ. EupEu_pEup​ and π\piπ are integrals over the uniform law of quantities evaluated at each manufacturer's equilibrium price. They are not defined by the closed forms (12) and (14). This keeps Lemma 3 and (14) genuine statements and ties the goal to the manufacturers' equilibrium.

Conventions and pinned hypotheses:

  • q‾<1\underline q < 1q​<1, so that the uniform law on [q‾,1][\underline q,1][q​,1] exists (the paper allows q‾≤1\underline q \le 1q​≤1).
  • α<1\alpha < 1α<1, the standing range of p. 13.
  • Lemma 2 pins q>0q > 0q>0 and T>0T > 0T>0. Without them every positive price earns 000.
  • Lemma 2 uses the manufacturer's own threshold 1/(2−q)1/(2-q)1/(2−q), as in the Online Supplementary A.2 and Figure 4(b). The printed display (10) reads 1/(2−q‾)1/(2-\underline q)1/(2−q​), which would contradict Proposition 1.
  • A tie te=1/(2−q)t_e = 1/(2-q)te​=1/(2−q) is priced high, as in (10). It is a null set for every integral.
  • Proposition 2 assumes ve>0v_e > 0ve​>0 (Table 1), and the goal assumes ve≥0v_e \ge 0ve​≥0 (as printed in Proposition 3).
  • The peaks teTt^T_eteT​ and te∗t^*_ete∗​ are stated as maximizers, never through the first-order conditions of the supplement.
  • Proposition 1's decrease in q‾\underline qq​ is strict for te<1t_e < 1te​<1 and weak at te=1t_e = 1te​=1, where ψ≡1\psi \equiv 1ψ≡1.

Two formalizations would trivialize the mission, and both are excluded. Without the existence clause, a "for every maximizer" statement could hold vacuously, so the goal asserts existence. Defining EupEu_pEup​ and π\piπ by (12) and (14) would make two milestones true by definition.

Lemma 1, Corollaries 1–2, Remark 1 and the Section 5 extensions are not posed. A complete development needs only Mathlib's interval integrals, Lebesgue measure on R\mathbb RR and elementary real analysis. Proofs of the closed forms of the Online Supplementary (Γ\GammaΓ in A.4, (A1) in A.6) are welcome as auxiliary lemmas.

Selected references

  • Z. Gu, X. Zhao, D. J. Wu, A Model of Shoppertainment Live Streaming, Management Science, 2024; authors' accepted manuscript, October 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.01724
  • R. Lal, M. Sarvary, When and How Is the Internet Likely to Decrease Price Competition?, Marketing Science 18(4), 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/mksc.18.4.485
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Markov Decision Processes: Beyond Rectangularity 2: With Polyhedral r-Rectangular Factor Sets, One Deterministic Policy and Factor Matrix Stay Robust-Optimal for All Discount Factors Near 1Research Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process (MDP) models sequential decisions under uncertainty: in each state a decision maker picks an action, collects a reward, and the system moves to a random next state according to a transition kernel. In applications the kernel is estimated from data, and an optimal policy for the estimated kernel can perform poorly under a slightly different one. Robust MDPs replace the single kernel by an uncertainty set and maximize the worst-case discounted reward over that set (Iyengar 2005; Nilim and El Ghaoui 2005; Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem 2013).

Goyal and Grand-Clément (arXiv:1811.00215v8) introduce r-rectangular uncertainty sets, in which transitions are mixtures of a small number of uncertain factors chosen independently by an adversary. Beyond the algorithmic results (the subject of the first mission of this series), they prove two structural properties of optimal robust policies in this model: a robust maximum principle and robust Blackwell optimality.

In a classical MDP, a policy is Blackwell optimal if it is optimal for every discount factor close enough to 111 (Blackwell 1962; Puterman 1994, §10.1.2). Blackwell optimal policies are optimal for the long-run average reward and for every finer nnn-discount criterion, so they connect discounted and average-reward control. For two-player perfect-information zero-sum stochastic games the existence of Blackwell optimal strategies is due to Gaubert and Gunawardena (1998). Goyal and Grand-Clément establish the analogous statement for robust MDPs with r-rectangular uncertainty, under the assumption that the factor sets have finitely many extreme points, as polyhedral factor sets do.

Setting

Let S\mathbb SS and A\mathbb AA be finite sets of states and actions, with rewards rsa≥0r_{sa}\ge0rsa​≥0, an initial distribution p0∈Δ(S)p_0\in\Delta(\mathbb S)p0​∈Δ(S), and a discount factor λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1). Fix coefficients usai≥0u^i_{sa}\ge0usai​≥0, i∈[r]i\in[r]i∈[r], with ∑iusai=1\sum_i u^i_{sa}=1∑i​usai​=1. A factor matrix W=(w1,…,wr)W=(w_1,\dots,w_r)W=(w1​,…,wr​) has probability vectors wi∈Δ(S)w_i\in\Delta(\mathbb S)wi​∈Δ(S) as columns and induces the kernel

Psas′=∑i=1rusai wi,s′.P_{sas'}=\sum_{i=1}^r u^i_{sa}\,w_{i,s'} .Psas′​=i=1∑r​usai​wi,s′​.

The adversary chooses WWW from a nonempty convex compact set W\mathcal WW. Its projections are the factor sets W1,…,Wr\mathcal W^1,\dots,\mathcal W^rW1,…,Wr, and W\mathcal WW is r-rectangular when W=W1×⋯×Wr\mathcal W=\mathcal W^1\times\dots\times\mathcal W^rW=W1×⋯×Wr.

A stationary policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π picks πs∈Δ(A)\pi_s\in\Delta(\mathbb A)πs​∈Δ(A) in each state; it is deterministic when each πs\pi_sπs​ is a point mass. With rπ=(∑aπsarsa)sr_\pi=(\sum_a\pi_{sa}r_{sa})_srπ​=(∑a​πsa​rsa​)s​ and L(π,W)ss′=∑aπsaPsas′L(\pi,W)_{ss'}=\sum_a\pi_{sa}P_{sas'}L(π,W)ss′​=∑a​πsa​Psas′​, the value function and the expected reward are

vλπ,W=∑t≥0λtL(π,W)trπ,R(π,W,λ)=p0⊤vλπ,W.v^{\pi,W}_\lambda=\sum_{t\ge0}\lambda^tL(\pi,W)^tr_\pi,\qquad R(\pi,W,\lambda)=p_0^\top v^{\pi,W}_\lambda .vλπ,W​=t≥0∑​λtL(π,W)trπ​,R(π,W,λ)=p0⊤​vλπ,W​.

The worst-case value of π\piπ is zλ(π)=min⁡W∈WR(π,W,λ)z_\lambda(\pi)=\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi,W,\lambda)zλ​(π)=minW∈W​R(π,W,λ). A pair (π∗,W∗)(\pi^*,W^*)(π∗,W∗) is an optimal solution of the robust MDP problem (1.2) at discount λ\lambdaλ when π∗\pi^*π∗ maximizes zλz_\lambdazλ​ over Π\PiΠ and W∗W^*W∗ attains min⁡W∈WR(π∗,W,λ)\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi^*,W,\lambda)minW∈W​R(π∗,W,λ). The Lean development uses this notation: value, R, z, IsRobustSolution, IsRRect, factorSet, IsDeterministic.

Formalization targets

Goal: robust Blackwell optimality (Proposition 6.2)

If W\mathcal WW is r-rectangular and every factor set Wi\mathcal W^iWi has finitely many extreme points, there exist a deterministic policy π∗\pi^*π∗, a factor matrix W∗∈WW^*\in\mathcal WW∗∈W and λ0∈(0,1)\lambda_0\in(0,1)λ0​∈(0,1) with

∀λ∈(λ0,1):(π∗,W∗) is an optimal solution of (1.2) at discount λ.\forall\lambda\in(\lambda_0,1):\quad(\pi^*,W^*)\ \text{is an optimal solution of (1.2) at discount }\lambda .∀λ∈(λ0​,1):(π∗,W∗) is an optimal solution of (1.2) at discount λ.

The pair is fixed before λ0\lambda_0λ0​ and does not depend on λ\lambdaλ. The statement fixes no constant and no rate.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 6.1.1: a minimizer W1W^1W1 of R(π,⋅,λ)R(\pi,\cdot,\lambda)R(π,⋅,λ) is a worst case from every initial state, vλ,sπ,W1≤vλ,sπ,W0v^{\pi,W^1}_{\lambda,s}\le v^{\pi,W^0}_{\lambda,s}vλ,sπ,W1​≤vλ,sπ,W0​ for all W0∈WW^0\in\mathcal WW0∈W.
  2. Proposition 6.1.2 (robust maximum principle): if (π∗,W∗)(\pi^*,W^*)(π∗,W∗) solves (1.2), then vλ,sπ,W1≤vλ,sπ∗,W∗v^{\pi,W^1}_{\lambda,s}\le v^{\pi^*,W^*}_{\lambda,s}vλ,sπ,W1​≤vλ,sπ∗,W∗​ for every policy π\piπ, every minimizer W1W^1W1 of R(π,⋅,λ)R(\pi,\cdot,\lambda)R(π,⋅,λ) and every state sss.
  3. Appendix G.1, p. 26: for each λ\lambdaλ, (1.2) has an optimal solution (πλ,Wλ)(\pi_\lambda,W_\lambda)(πλ​,Wλ​) with πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ deterministic and WλW_\lambdaWλ​ an extreme point of W\mathcal WW.
  4. Appendix G.1, p. 27: vtπ,W=(I−tL(π,W))−1rπv^{\pi,W}_t=(I-tL(\pi,W))^{-1}r_\pivtπ,W​=(I−tL(π,W))−1rπ​ on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), and each coordinate is a rational function of ttt whose denominator has no zero in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

Stronger: finitely many breakpoints (Proposition 6.3, optional)

Under the same hypotheses there are 0=λ0<λ1<⋯<λp=10=\lambda_0<\lambda_1<\dots<\lambda_p=10=λ0​<λ1​<⋯<λp​=1 and, for each jjj, a single deterministic pair (πj,Wj)(\pi_j,W_j)(πj​,Wj​) optimal for every λ∈(λj,λj+1)\lambda\in(\lambda_j,\lambda_{j+1})λ∈(λj​,λj+1​).

Significance

The result. Robust Blackwell optimality says that, for polyhedral r-rectangular uncertainty, a decision maker who is patient enough does not need to know the discount factor exactly: one deterministic policy is robust-optimal for all discounts near 111, and the adversary has one matching worst-case factor matrix. This is the robust counterpart of the classical bridge from discounted to average-reward criteria, and it is the natural entry point for a theory of robust MDPs under the long-run average criterion, for which the paper notes no results were known. The robust maximum principle states that an optimal robust policy has the highest worst-case value from every starting state, a comparison that has been used to derive structural properties of robust policies in a healthcare setting (Grand-Clément et al. 2020, cited on p. 13 of the paper).

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none has a machine-checked proof. The nominal analogues (Blackwell 1962, Theorem 5, and the rationality of the discounted value) are posed on Prove2Me as open targets on a different, nominal model and are not reused here. The formalization also corrects two printed statements: Proposition 6.1 is false for an initial distribution with a zero entry and is posed with p0>0p_0>0p0​>0, and the claim in Appendix G.1 that the factor matrix of a solution is an extreme point is posed in its existential form, the form the proof uses.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for the goal is a pigeonhole over the finitely many candidate pairs (deterministic policies and extreme factor matrices): some pair is optimal for discounts λn→1\lambda_n\to1λn​→1. The step that fails is passing from this sequence to a whole interval. Optimality of a pair is not a comparison between two fixed rational functions of λ\lambdaλ: the worst-case value zλ(π)z_\lambda(\pi)zλ​(π) is a minimum over W\mathcal WW, and optimality quantifies over all randomized policies. A comparison of worst-case values at one discount does not by itself give a comparison of value functions that can be propagated to other discounts. The paper bridges this gap with the robust maximum principle, which turns a worst-case comparison into a statewise comparison of two value functions, each rational in λ\lambdaλ. The maximum principle itself rests on the saddle-point structure of r-rectangular robust MDPs (Theorem 4.2 and Lemma 4.3 of the paper), which a solver must develop.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the definition FactorRMDP.Blackwell.Model. States and actions are finite types, with A\mathbb AA nonempty. Factors are indexed by Fin r, i.e. 0-based. A factor matrix is a function Fin r → S → ℝ. W\mathcal WW is a nonempty convex compact set of factor matrices with stochastic factors. Its factor sets are its projections, and r-rectangularity is the predicate IsRRect, not built into the structure. Rewards are nonnegative and p0∈Δ(S)p_0\in\Delta(\mathbb S)p0​∈Δ(S). The value function is the discounted series, not a fixed point, so no Bellman identity holds by definition. Minima and maxima are stated with IsLeast/IsGreatest, and statements at a fixed discount assume 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1. Optimality in (1.2) is over stationary randomized policies, as in the paper's proof, and requires both halves: π∗\pi^*π∗ maximizes zλz_\lambdazλ​ and W∗W^*W∗ attains min⁡WR(π∗,W,λ)\min_W R(\pi^*,W,\lambda)minW​R(π∗,W,λ). "Finitely many extreme points" is Mathlib's Set.extremePoints of each factor set. The second sentence of Assumption 2.4 (an optimization oracle) is not formalized.

Explicit choices relative to the printed text:

  • W\mathcal WW nonempty, A\mathbb AA nonempty and λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1) are stated explicitly.
  • Proposition 6.1 (both parts) assumes p0(s)>0p_0(s)>0p0​(s)>0 for every state. As printed, it is false when p0p_0p0​ vanishes on a state.
  • The extreme-point claim of Appendix G.1 is posed as the existence of an optimal pair with an extreme factor matrix.
  • The goal (Proposition 6.2) keeps p0p_0p0​ arbitrary.

A goal in which the pair (π∗,W∗)(\pi^*,W^*)(π∗,W∗) may depend on λ\lambdaλ would only restate milestone 3 and is not robust Blackwell optimality; the pair is quantified before λ0\lambda_0λ0​.

A complete development needs the saddle-point theory of r-rectangular robust MDPs (shared with the first mission of this series), Neumann series and Cramer's rule for I−tLI-tLI−tL, extreme points of products of compact convex sets, and the finiteness of zeros of a nonzero polynomial. The rationality of discounted values and the extreme-point lemmas are reusable for nominal Blackwell optimality and for other robust models. Proofs of any milestone, of the optional Proposition 6.3, and auxiliary lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Goyal and J. Grand-Clément, Robust Markov Decision Process: Beyond Rectangularity, arXiv:1811.00215v8, 2021; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.00215, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2022.1259
  • D. Blackwell, Discrete Dynamic Programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 33, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • S. Gaubert and J. Gunawardena, A Non-Linear Hierarchy for Discrete Event Dynamical Systems, 1998 (as cited in Goyal and Grand-Clément, reference list, arXiv:1811.00215v8).
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust Dynamic Programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • A. Nilim and L. El Ghaoui, Robust Control of Markov Decision Processes with Uncertain Transition Matrices, Operations Research 53, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn and B. Rustem, Robust Markov Decision Processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0566
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Optimality of Affine Policies for Budgeted Uncertainty Sets 1: For Budget of Uncertainty Sets, Affine Policies Approximate the Two-Stage Adjustable Robust Problem within O(log n / log log n)Research Paper

Motivation

Two-stage adjustable robust optimization models decisions taken in two steps around an uncertain demand: a first-stage decision is fixed now, the demand is revealed, and a second-stage (recourse) decision reacts to it. The objective is the worst-case total cost over a set of possible demands. The model covers set cover, capacity planning and network design under uncertain demand (Bertsimas, Goyal 2012; Gupta, Nagarajan, Ravi 2014). Computing the optimal adjustable solution is intractable in general: Feige, Jain, Mahdian and Mirrokni (2007) showed that, for the budget of uncertainty sets below, the problem cannot be approximated within a factor better than Ω(log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)\Omega(\log n/\log\log n)Ω(logn/loglogn) under a standard complexity assumption, where nnn is the number of decision variables.

Affine policies, in which the recourse is restricted to an affine function of the revealed demand (Ben-Tal et al. 2004), are computable by a single linear program and perform well empirically. The question is how much they can lose in the worst case.

Timeline. Bertsimas and Goyal (2012) proved that affine policies are within O(m)O(\sqrt m)O(m​) of the adjustable optimum for general uncertainty sets (mmm = number of uncertain parameters) and that this is tight for some sets. El Housni and Goyal (arXiv:1807.00163, 2018; Mathematics of Operations Research 2021) proved that for budget of uncertainty sets the factor is O(log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)O(\log n/\log\log n)O(logn/loglogn), matching the hardness bound. That result is the goal of this mission.

Setting

Let A∈Rm×nA\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, a non-negative recourse matrix B∈R+m×nB\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}_+B∈R+m×n​, costs c,d∈R+nc,d\in\mathbb R^n_+c,d∈R+n​ and a polyhedral set X⊆Rn\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn be given. For an uncertainty set U⊆Rm\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^mU⊆Rm of right-hand sides, problem (1.1) is

zAR(U)=min⁡x∈X cTx+max⁡h∈U min⁡y(h)≥0{dTy(h) : Ax+By(h)≥h}.z_{AR}(\mathcal U)=\min_{x\in\mathcal X}\ c^Tx+\max_{h\in\mathcal U}\ \min_{y(h)\ge0}\big\{d^Ty(h)\ :\ Ax+By(h)\ge h\big\}.zAR​(U)=x∈Xmin​ cTx+h∈Umax​ y(h)≥0min​{dTy(h) : Ax+By(h)≥h}.

A first-stage xxx and a recourse rule y(⋅)y(\cdot)y(⋅) form a feasible solution when x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X and y(h)≥0y(h)\ge0y(h)≥0, Ax+By(h)≥hAx+By(h)\ge hAx+By(h)≥h for every h∈Uh\in\mathcal Uh∈U. The affine problem (2.1) restricts the rule to y(h)=Ph+qy(h)=Ph+qy(h)=Ph+q with P∈Rn×mP\in\mathbb R^{n\times m}P∈Rn×m, q∈Rnq\in\mathbb R^nq∈Rn (still requiring Ph+q≥0Ph+q\ge0Ph+q≥0 on U\mathcal UU); its value is zAff(U)≥zAR(U)z_{Aff}(\mathcal U)\ge z_{AR}(\mathcal U)zAff​(U)≥zAR​(U).

The budget of uncertainty set (1.2) with weights wi∈[0,1]w_i\in[0,1]wi​∈[0,1] is

U={h∈[0,1]m : ∑i=1mwihi≤1}.\mathcal U=\Big\{h\in[0,1]^m\ :\ \sum_{i=1}^mw_ih_i\le1\Big\}.U={h∈[0,1]m : i=1∑m​wi​hi​≤1}.

The fractional covering value (3.2) of a requirement hhh is z(h)=min⁡y≥0{dTy:By≥h}z(h)=\min_{y\ge0}\{d^Ty: By\ge h\}z(h)=miny≥0​{dTy:By≥h}, and z(W)=z(1(W))z(\mathcal W)=z(\mathbb 1(\mathcal W))z(W)=z(1(W)) for W⊆[m]\mathcal W\subseteq[m]W⊆[m]. Throughout, log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm and β=4log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n\beta=4\log n/\log\log nβ=4logn/loglogn.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

zAff(U)=O(log⁡nlog⁡log⁡n)⋅zAR(U)z_{Aff}(\mathcal U)=O\Big(\frac{\log n}{\log\log n}\Big)\cdot z_{AR}(\mathcal U)zAff​(U)=O(loglognlogn​)⋅zAR​(U)

for every instance with U\mathcal UU a budget of uncertainty set: there are C>0C>0C>0 and NNN such that zAff≤Clog⁡nlog⁡log⁡nzARz_{Aff}\le C\frac{\log n}{\log\log n}z_{AR}zAff​≤Cloglognlogn​zAR​ for all n≥Nn\ge Nn≥N, all mmm and all data. The constant is left unfixed, so the goal survives any improvement of the constant.

Milestones (the paper's proof, in order)

  1. Lemma 3.1 — the explicit affine solution (3.5), a linear part yLin(h)=∑i∈Iαihiviy_{Lin}(h)=\sum_{i\in\mathcal I}\alpha_ih_iv_iyLin​(h)=∑i∈I​αi​hi​vi​ plus a static part from (3.4), is feasible.
  2. Lemma 3.2 — the linear part costs at most β⋅OPT\beta\cdot\mathrm{OPT}β⋅OPT for every h∈Uh\in\mathcal Uh∈U.
  3. Lemmas B.1, B.2 — two Chernoff bounds for weighted sums of independent Bernoulli variables.
  4. Claims 3.1–3.3 — rescaling of the covering problem, and two probability bounds for a randomized rounding of a dual (packing) solution.
  5. Lemma 3.3 (structural result) — if covering each single row i∈Ji\in\mathcal Ji∈J costs more than 4γlog⁡nlog⁡log⁡nwi4\gamma\frac{\log n}{\log\log n}w_i4γloglognlogn​wi​, while every scenario W⊆J\mathcal W\subseteq\mathcal JW⊆J with ∑Wwi≤1\sum_{\mathcal W}w_i\le1∑W​wi​≤1 costs at most γ\gammaγ, then z(J)≤4γlog⁡nlog⁡log⁡nz(\mathcal J)\le4\gamma\frac{\log n}{\log\log n}z(J)≤4γloglognlogn​.
  6. Lemma 3.4 — the static part costs O(β)⋅OPTO(\beta)\cdot\mathrm{OPT}O(β)⋅OPT.

Significance

The result. The bound shows that affine policies are an optimal approximation for this class, up to a constant factor: no polynomial-time algorithm can beat them by more than a constant in the worst case (under the hardness assumption). It improves the earlier O(m)O(\sqrt m)O(m​) bound for budget sets exponentially, and it is the base case from which the paper derives bounds for intersections of budget constraints (Sections 4–5). Lemma 3.3 is a statement about fractional covering problems alone; it generalizes a set-cover result of Gupta, Nagarajan and Ravi (2014) to arbitrary non-negative matrices and weights, and improves its bound from O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) to O(log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)O(\log n/\log\log n)O(logn/loglogn).

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of it or of the structural lemma is known. A formal development would also settle the paper's slips: Claim 3.2's 1−O(1/n)1-O(1/n)1−O(1/n) does not follow from its proof (stated here in the explicit form the proof gives), Lemma B.2's strict inequality fails when μ=0\mu=0μ=0, and Lemma 3.3 needs nnn large.

Difficulty

Feasibility and the cost of the linear part follow directly from the construction. The difficulty is the static part, that is, Lemma 3.3. The obvious argument covers J\mathcal JJ by a union of cheap scenarios, and it fails: each scenario covers rows of total weight at most 111, there can be many disjoint scenarios, and adding up their costs gives a bound proportional to ∑i∈Jwi\sum_{i\in\mathcal J}w_i∑i∈J​wi​, which may be as large as mmm. The lemma asserts a bound that depends on nnn alone, at the rate log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n\log n/\log\log nlogn/loglogn of the hardness result. Any argument therefore has to exploit condition 1 (every single row is expensive) together with condition 2 across all 2∣J∣2^{|\mathcal J|}2∣J∣ scenarios at once. As printed, the lemma holds only for nnn large; for n=2n=2n=2 it is false.

Formalization scope

  • Data. Vectors are functions on Fin m, Fin n with the componentwise order; matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ; Lean index iii is the paper's i+1i+1i+1. First stage and recourse share the same dimension nnn, as on p. 1.
  • Values. zARz_{AR}zAR​, zAffz_{Aff}zAff​, z(h)z(h)z(h) and the static value zStaz_{Sta}zSta​ are infima in the extended reals, +∞+\infty+∞ when infeasible. The recourse is a function of hhh, which gives the same value as the paper's inner minimum. A formalization with real infima (equal to 000 on infeasible problems) or without Ph+q≥0Ph+q\ge0Ph+q≥0 would trivialize the goal and is excluded.
  • Standing assumptions of p. 1: B≥0B\ge0B≥0, c,d≥0c,d\ge0c,d≥0, X\mathcal XX polyhedral, wi∈[0,1]w_i\in[0,1]wi​∈[0,1]. The assumption "U⊆[0,1]m\mathcal U\subseteq[0,1]^mU⊆[0,1]m compact convex with ei∈Ue_i\in\mathcal Uei​∈U" holds for the budget set and is not added.
  • Added hypotheses and corrections. (i) cTx≥0c^Tx\ge0cTx≥0 for x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X: Theorem 3.1 is false without it, and it holds whenever X⊆R+n\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^n_+X⊆R+n​. (ii) n≥3n\ge3n≥3 where β>0\beta>0β>0 is needed, and a threshold N0N_0N0​ in Lemma 3.3. (iii) Lemma B.2 in non-strict form. (iv) Claim 3.2 with the explicit bound 1−n eδ/(1+δ)1+δ1-n\,e^\delta/(1+\delta)^{1+\delta}1−neδ/(1+δ)1+δ, δ=η/2−2\delta=\eta/2-2δ=η/2−2. (v) Covering solutions viv_ivi​ are required only for i∈Ii\in\mathcal Ii∈I.
  • Quantifiers. In the goal and in Lemmas 3.3, 3.4 the constants CCC, NNN, N0N_0N0​ are chosen before mmm and the instance; a constant allowed to depend on the instance would make the goal trivial.
  • Randomness is finite: independent Bernoulli selection with probabilities and expectations as finite sums, reusing the published definition SpectralSparsify.Sampling.BernoulliSubset. No measure theory is needed.
  • Infrastructure. LP strong duality (LinearOptimization.lp_strong_duality, proved on the platform) is a tool for Lemma 3.3. The Chernoff bounds and the structural lemma are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for Lemma 3.3, are welcome.

The source is arXiv:1807.00163v2; its printed page numbers equal the PDF page numbers.

Selected references

  • O. El Housni, V. Goyal, On the Optimality of Affine Policies for Budgeted Uncertainty Sets, arXiv:1807.00163v2, 2019; Mathematics of Operations Research 46(2), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1807.00163
  • D. Bertsimas, V. Goyal, On the power and limitations of affine policies in two-stage adaptive optimization, Mathematical Programming 134(2), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0444-4
  • U. Feige, K. Jain, M. Mahdian, V. Mirrokni, Robust combinatorial optimization with exponential scenarios, IPCO 2007, LNCS 4513 (cited as [19] in the source).
  • A. Gupta, V. Nagarajan, R. Ravi, Thresholded covering algorithms for robust and max–min optimization, Mathematical Programming 146(1–2), 2014 (cited as [21] in the source).
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Mathematical Programming 99(2), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • P. Raghavan, Probabilistic construction of deterministic algorithms: approximating packing integer programs, FOCS 1986 (cited as [26] in the source).
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Coordinating Inventory Control and Pricing Strategies for Perishable Products 1: With Backlogging, the Profit-to-Go Is L♮-Concave and the Optimal Policy Is Monotone with Bounded SensitivityResearch Paper

Motivation

Food, blood and pharmaceuticals are perishable: a unit not sold within its lifetime is thrown away. A seller decides each period how much to order, which price to charge, and whether to dispose of stock early. A large stock of old units argues for a lower price and a smaller order.

Optimal policies for fixed-lifetime inventory are hard to characterize: the state is a vector of inventory levels by remaining lifetime (Fries 1975; Nahmias 1982), and later work turned largely to heuristics.

Chen, Pang and Pan (Oper. Res. 62(2), 2014) obtained structural results for the joint ordering, pricing and disposal problem with a positive replenishment lead time. They used L♮-concavity, a notion from discrete convex analysis (Murota 2003) that Zipkin (2008) used to analyze lost-sales inventory systems with lead times. This mission formalizes the paper's result for the case where unmet demand is backlogged.

Setting

A product with a lifetime of exactly l≥2l \ge 2l≥2 periods is reviewed periodically over a finite horizon of TTT periods. Orders arrive after a lead time of kkk periods, 0≤k<l0 \le k < l0≤k<l. Write L=l−1L = l - 1L=l−1.

Vectors and L♮-convexity. For vectors u,v∈Rnu, v \in \mathbb{R}^nu,v∈Rn, u∧vu \wedge vu∧v and u∨vu \vee vu∨v are the componentwise minimum and maximum, and eee is the all-ones vector. A set V\mathcal{V}V is L♮-convex if (u+αe)∧v(u + \alpha e) \wedge v(u+αe)∧v and u∨(v−αe)u \vee (v - \alpha e)u∨(v−αe) lie in V\mathcal{V}V for all u,v∈Vu, v \in \mathcal{V}u,v∈V and α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0. A function fff is L♮-convex on V\mathcal{V}V if moreover

f(u)+f(v)≥f((u+αe)∧v)+f(u∨(v−αe)),f(u) + f(v) \ge f\big((u + \alpha e) \wedge v\big) + f\big(u \vee (v - \alpha e)\big),f(u)+f(v)≥f((u+αe)∧v)+f(u∨(v−αe)),

and L♮-concave if −f-f−f is L♮-convex. The ordered sets are Vn,k={s∈Rn:s1≤⋯≤sk}\mathcal{V}_{n,k} = \{s \in \mathbb{R}^n : s_1 \le \dots \le s_k\}Vn,k​={s∈Rn:s1​≤⋯≤sk​}.

Data. The unit costs are ccc (ordering), h+h^+h+ (holding), h−h^-h− (backlogging) and θ\thetaθ (disposal), all nonnegative, and γ∈[0,1]\gamma \in [0, 1]γ∈[0,1] is the discount factor. The seller chooses the expected demand d∈D=[d‾,dˉ]d \in \mathcal{D} = [\underline d, \bar d]d∈D=[d​,dˉ] in place of the price. The price is P(d)P(d)P(d), strictly decreasing, and the expected revenue P(d)dP(d)dP(d)d is continuous and concave on D\mathcal{D}D. The realized demand is dt=d+εtd_t = d + \varepsilon_tdt​=d+εt​, where the noise terms are i.i.d. with mean zero and support in [A,B][A, B][A,B], A≤0≤BA \le 0 \le BA≤0≤B, and d‾+A≥0\underline d + A \ge 0d​+A≥0.

State and decisions. The state s=(s1,…,sl−1)s = (s_1, \dots, s_{l-1})s=(s1​,…,sl−1​) satisfies s1≤⋯≤sl−1s_1 \le \dots \le s_{l-1}s1​≤⋯≤sl−1​, so the state space is S=Vl−1,l−1\mathcal{S} = \mathcal{V}_{l-1,l-1}S=Vl−1,l−1​. The coordinate sis_isi​ is the inventory, net of backorders, with residual lifetime at most iii, including orders in transit. Each period the seller chooses:

  • an order-up-to level sl≥sl−1s_l \ge s_{l-1}sl​≥sl−1​;
  • a demand level d∈Dd \in \mathcal{D}d∈D;
  • after demand is realized, a depletion aaa with s1∨dt≤a≤sl−k∨dts_1 \vee d_t \le a \le s_{l-k} \vee d_ts1​∨dt​≤a≤sl−k​∨dt​, so a−dta - d_ta−dt​ units are disposed of.

The next state is s~=(s2−a,…,sl−a)\tilde s = (s_2 - a, \dots, s_l - a)s~=(s2​−a,…,sl​−a).

Recursion. The modified profit-to-go satisfies fT+1=0f_{T+1} = 0fT+1​=0 and

ft(s)=max⁡sl≥sl−1, d∈D{P(d)d+E[gt(s,sl,d∣εt)]},gt=max⁡s1∨dt≤a≤sl−k∨dtϕt,f_t(s) = \max_{s_l \ge s_{l-1},\ d \in \mathcal{D}} \Big\{ P(d)d + \mathbb{E}\big[g_t(s, s_l, d \mid \varepsilon_t)\big] \Big\}, \qquad g_t = \max_{s_1 \vee d_t \le a \le s_{l-k} \vee d_t} \phi_t,ft​(s)=sl​≥sl−1​, d∈Dmax​{P(d)d+E[gt​(s,sl​,d∣εt​)]},gt​=s1​∨dt​≤a≤sl−k​∨dt​max​ϕt​, ϕt(s,sl,d,a∣εt)=γc s~l−1−csl−θ(a−dt)−h+(sl−k−a)+−h−(a−sl−k)++γft+1(s~).\phi_t(s, s_l, d, a \mid \varepsilon_t) = \gamma c\,\tilde s_{l-1} - c s_l - \theta(a - d_t) - h^+(s_{l-k} - a)^+ - h^-(a - s_{l-k})^+ + \gamma f_{t+1}(\tilde s).ϕt​(s,sl​,d,a∣εt​)=γcs~l−1​−csl​−θ(a−dt​)−h+(sl−k​−a)+−h−(a−sl−k​)++γft+1​(s~).

In §4 the paper also assumes c≤h−/(1−γ)c \le h^-/(1 - \gamma)c≤h−/(1−γ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 291)

For t=1,…,T+1t = 1, \dots, T+1t=1,…,T+1, ftf_tft​, gtg_tgt​ and ϕt\phi_tϕt​ are L♮-concave in sss, (s,sl,d)(s, s_l, d)(s,sl​,d) and (s,sl,d,a)(s, s_l, d, a)(s,sl​,d,a). The largest optimal order-up-to level slt(s)s_{lt}(s)slt​(s) and demand level dt(s)d_t(s)dt​(s) are nondecreasing in sss, the optimal price is nonincreasing, and

slt(s+ωe)≤slt(s)+ω,dt(s+ωe)≤dt(s)+ω(ω≥0).s_{lt}(s + \omega e) \le s_{lt}(s) + \omega, \qquad d_t(s + \omega e) \le d_t(s) + \omega \qquad (\omega \ge 0).slt​(s+ωe)≤slt​(s)+ω,dt​(s+ωe)≤dt​(s)+ω(ω≥0).

The largest optimal depletion at(s,sl,d∣ε)a_t(s, s_l, d \mid \varepsilon)at​(s,sl​,d∣ε) is nondecreasing, and at(s+ωe,sl+ω,d+ω∣ε)≤at(s,sl,d∣ε)+ωa_t(s + \omega e, s_l + \omega, d + \omega \mid \varepsilon) \le a_t(s, s_l, d \mid \varepsilon) + \omegaat​(s+ωe,sl​+ω,d+ω∣ε)≤at​(s,sl​,d∣ε)+ω.

Milestones

  • The ordered sets Vn,k\mathcal{V}_{n,k}Vn,k​, Vn,k+\mathcal{V}^+_{n,k}Vn,k+​ are L♮-convex (p. 287).
  • Lemma 1: g(x,ξ)=f(x−ξe)g(x, \xi) = f(x - \xi e)g(x,ξ)=f(x−ξe) is L♮-convex when fff is (p. 287).
  • Lemma 2: partial minimization over an L♮-convex set preserves L♮-convexity (p. 287).
  • The set {a≥s1∨dt}\{a \ge s_1 \vee d_t\}{a≥s1​∨dt​} is L♮-convex (p. 291).
  • The bound ft+1(s~′)−ft+1(s~)≤(θ+c)δf_{t+1}(\tilde s') - f_{t+1}(\tilde s) \le (\theta + c)\deltaft+1​(s~′)−ft+1​(s~)≤(θ+c)δ for the next states generated by a′>a≥sl−k∨dta' > a \ge s_{l-k}\vee d_ta′>a≥sl−k​∨dt​ (p. 291).
  • (9): ϕt\phi_tϕt​ is nonincreasing in aaa beyond sl−k∨dts_{l-k} \vee d_tsl−k​∨dt​, so the upper bound on aaa can be dropped (p. 291).
  • Lemma 3: the largest minimizer of an L♮-convex function is monotone, with ξ(x+ωe)≤ξ(x)+ω\xi(x + \omega e) \le \xi(x) + \omegaξ(x+ωe)≤ξ(x)+ω (p. 287).
  • The first sentence of Theorem 1, the L♮-concavity of ftf_tft​, gtg_tgt​, ϕt\phi_tϕt​.
  • Corollary 1: monotone sensitivity of the order quantity and the demand level in each age class (p. 292).
  • Proposition 1: if θ≥h+/(1−γ)\theta \ge h^+/(1-\gamma)θ≥h+/(1−γ), depleting only dt∨s1d_t \vee s_1dt​∨s1​ is optimal (p. 292).

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 gives a qualitative description of the optimal policy in a model where no closed form is available. Fresher inventory leads to ordering less and charging more. One more unit of inventory of any age raises the order-up-to level and the demand level by at most one unit. Corollary 1 refines this by age: the order quantity is most sensitive to young inventory, and the price discount is most sensitive to inventory close to expiry. These properties underlie the bounds and heuristics of §6 of the paper.

The formalization. The result is proved in the paper, but parts of the argument are informal: the (θ+c)δ(\theta + c)\delta(θ+c)δ bound is a coupling argument, existence of optimal solutions is "straightforward to check and thus omitted", and Lemmas 1–3 are stated without proof. A formalization makes the induction checkable and yields a reusable library of L♮-convexity on real vectors with domains, used by the wider family of inventory models built on the same technique. None of these results is known to be machine-checked.

Difficulty

The obvious induction, that each step of the recursion preserves L♮-concavity, fails at the depletion problem (5): its constraint set is not L♮-convex, because of the upper bound a≤sl−k∨dta \le s_{l-k} \vee d_ta≤sl−k​∨dt​, so Lemma 2 does not apply. The bound must first be shown inactive, which needs a quantitative estimate of how the profit-to-go changes when backorders are added, a property of the value function itself.

Lemma 3 handles a scalar decision, while Theorem 1 has a pair (sl,d)(s_l, d)(sl​,d) and needs the componentwise-largest maximizer; every supremum and expectation must also be shown to be finite.

Formalization scope

  • Carrier. The paper treats F∈{R,Z}\mathbb{F} \in \{\mathbb{R}, \mathbb{Z}\}F∈{R,Z} at once. The mission formalizes the real case only.

  • L♮-convexity. Functions are real-valued on an explicit domain set, which is the paper's own convention for "L♮-convex on a set". The submodularity characterization is not used as the definition.

  • Indexing. States are Fin L → ℝ with L=l−1≥1L = l - 1 \ge 1L=l−1≥1, indexed from 0, and the lead time satisfies k≤Lk \le Lk≤L. The paper's sl−ks_{l-k}sl−k​ is coordinate L−kL - kL−k of (s1,…,sl)(s_1, \dots, s_l)(s1​,…,sl​): at k=0k = 0k=0 it is the decision sls_lsl​, and at k=Lk = Lk=L it is s1s_1s1​.

  • Time. Time is counted in periods to go, which is faithful because the data are stationary. f 0 = 0 is fT+1f_{T+1}fT+1​. The parts of Theorem 1 about gtg_tgt​, ϕt\phi_tϕt​ and decisions cover the decision periods t≤Tt \le Tt≤T.

  • Suprema and expectations. Every maximum is sSup of the image of a nonempty feasible set that is bounded above. Expectations are Bochner integrals against the noise law μ\muμ.

  • Optimal decisions. Largest optimal decisions are hypotheses at the points compared; at γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1, k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 no largest order-up-to level exists in the last period.

  • Standing assumptions. All the §3 assumptions (nonnegative costs, γ∈[0,1]\gamma \in [0,1]γ∈[0,1], strictly decreasing PPP, continuous concave revenue, zero-mean noise with support in [A,B][A, B][A,B], d‾+A≥0\underline d + A \ge 0d​+A≥0) are fields of the model structure. The §4 assumption c≤h−/(1−γ)c \le h^-/(1-\gamma)c≤h−/(1−γ) is a hypothesis (1−γ)c≤h−(1-\gamma)c \le h^-(1−γ)c≤h− of every §4 statement.

  • Corrected slips.

    • The paper sets ft=+∞f_t = +\inftyft​=+∞ off S\mathcal{S}S, a slip for −∞-\infty−∞. The Lean evaluates ftf_tft​ on S\mathcal{S}S only.
    • In Lemma 3, "ξ(x)+ω∈dom(f)\xi(x) + \omega \in \mathrm{dom}(f)ξ(x)+ω∈dom(f)" reads x+ωe∈dom(f)x + \omega e \in \mathrm{dom}(f)x+ωe∈dom(f).
    • The final "<0< 0<0" of (9) is stated as "≤0\le 0≤0". It is an equality when h−=0h^- = 0h−=0 and either γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1 or θ=0\theta = 0θ=0.
    • Proposition 1 needs γ<1\gamma < 1γ<1 for its quotient, and it asserts that dt∨s1d_t \vee s_1dt​∨s1​ is optimal, not that it is unique.
  • Ruled-out formalizations. Any of the following would trivialize the mission:

    • defining ftf_tft​ as an arbitrary L♮-concave function, or taking the continuation in ϕt\phi_tϕt​ as a hypothesis-bound function;
    • dropping the upper bound a≤sl−k∨dta \le s_{l-k} \vee d_ta≤sl−k​∨dt​ from the depletion interval;
    • restricting to l=2l = 2l=2.

    The value functions here are the model's own recursion, for every l≥2l \ge 2l≥2.

  • What is needed. L♮-convexity on Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn with domains (shifts, sums, expectations, partial maximization, comparative statics for largest maximizers) and integrability of gtg_tgt​ in the noise; all reusable. Proofs of single milestones are welcome.

  • Source. The source is the published Operations Research article; in the copy held, printed page = PDF page + 282.

Selected references

  • X. Chen, Z. Pang, L. Pan, Coordinating Inventory Control and Pricing Strategies for Perishable Products, Operations Research 62(2):284–300, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1261
  • P. Zipkin, On the Structure of Lost-Sales Inventory Models, Operations Research 56(4):937–944, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0482
  • K. Murota, Discrete Convex Analysis, SIAM Monographs on Discrete Mathematics and Applications, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718508
  • B. Fries, Optimal Ordering Policy for a Perishable Commodity with Fixed Lifetime, Operations Research 23(1):46–61, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.23.1.46
  • S. Nahmias, Perishable Inventory Theory: A Review, Operations Research 30(4):680–708, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.30.4.680
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Markov Decision Processes: Beyond Rectangularity 1: Under r-Rectangular Factor Uncertainty, Robust Value Iteration Converges to the Optimal Worst-Case Value, Attained by a Deterministic PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process (MDP) is optimized for a transition kernel that, in practice, is estimated from data, and the optimal policy for the estimated kernel can perform poorly under small perturbations of it. The robust MDP approach replaces the single kernel by an uncertainty set of kernels and asks for the policy with the best worst-case expected reward. It goes back to Satia and Lave (1973).

Whether a robust MDP is tractable depends on the shape of the uncertainty set.

  • 2005. Iyengar and Nilim and El Ghaoui treat (s,a)-rectangular sets, in which every row PsaP_{sa}Psa​ is chosen independently. An optimal robust policy is stationary and deterministic, and robust value iteration computes it.
  • 2013. Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem treat s-rectangular sets. Optimal robust policies are stationary but may need randomization. For general uncertainty sets, computing an optimal robust policy is strongly NP-hard.
  • 2018. Goh et al. introduce factor-based uncertainty for a medical cost-effectiveness application and evaluate the worst case of a fixed policy.
  • 2021–2023. Goyal and Grand-Clément compute optimal robust policies for factor uncertainty with independent factors. This mission formalizes that result.

Rectangular sets let the adversary choose the transitions out of different states independently, which is conservative when all transitions depend on a few common factors, such as a patient's physiology across health states. Factor uncertainty couples the states, and it is the first coupled model in which an optimal robust policy can still be computed.

Setting

There are finite sets of states S\mathbb SS and actions A\mathbb AA, with S=∣S∣S = |\mathbb S|S=∣S∣ and A=∣A∣A=|\mathbb A|A=∣A∣. The rewards satisfy rsa≥0r_{sa}\ge 0rsa​≥0, p0p_0p0​ is an initial distribution on S\mathbb SS, and λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1) is the discount factor. Fix rrr factors indexed by [r][r][r] and coefficients usai≥0u^i_{sa}\ge0usai​≥0 with ∑iusai=1\sum_i u^i_{sa}=1∑i​usai​=1. A factor matrix W=(w1,…,wr)W=(w_1,\dots,w_r)W=(w1​,…,wr​) has probability vectors wiw_iwi​ on S\mathbb SS as columns, and it induces the kernel

Psas′=∑i=1rusai wi,s′.P_{sas'}=\sum_{i=1}^r u^i_{sa}\,w_{i,s'} .Psas′​=i=1∑r​usai​wi,s′​.

The uncertainty set is a nonempty convex compact set W\mathcal WW of factor matrices. It is r-rectangular if W=W1×⋯×Wr\mathcal W=\mathcal W^1\times\cdots\times\mathcal W^rW=W1×⋯×Wr, so that each factor is chosen independently of the others.

A stationary policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π gives a distribution πs\pi_sπs​ on A\mathbb AA at each state. It is deterministic if each πs\pi_sπs​ is a point mass. Write rπ=(∑aπsarsa)sr_\pi=(\sum_a\pi_{sa}r_{sa})_srπ​=(∑a​πsa​rsa​)s​ and Tπ=(∑aπsausai)s,iT_\pi=(\sum_a \pi_{sa}u^i_{sa})_{s,i}Tπ​=(∑a​πsa​usai​)s,i​. The decision maker's value function and the expected discounted reward are

vπ,W=∑t≥0λt(TπW⊤)trπ,R(π,W)=p0⊤vπ,W.v^{\pi,W}=\sum_{t\ge0}\lambda^t (T_\pi W^\top)^t r_\pi, \qquad R(\pi,W)=p_0^\top v^{\pi,W}.vπ,W=t≥0∑​λt(Tπ​W⊤)trπ​,R(π,W)=p0⊤​vπ,W.

The policy evaluation problem computes z(π)=min⁡W∈WR(π,W)z(\pi)=\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi,W)z(π)=minW∈W​R(π,W). The policy improvement problem computes z∗=max⁡π∈Πz(π)z^*=\max_{\pi\in\Pi}z(\pi)z∗=maxπ∈Π​z(π). Let

F(v)s=max⁡a∈A{rsa+λ∑i=1rusaimin⁡wi∈Wiwi⊤v}.F(v)_s=\max_{a\in\mathbb A}\Big\{r_{sa}+\lambda\sum_{i=1}^r u^i_{sa}\min_{w_i\in\mathcal W^i}w_i^\top v\Big\}.F(v)s​=a∈Amax​{rsa​+λi=1∑r​usai​wi​∈Wimin​wi⊤​v}.

Algorithm VI-PI is the iteration v0=0v^0=0v0=0, vk+1=F(vk)v^{k+1}=F(v^k)vk+1=F(vk).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1, by its mathematical content

Assume W\mathcal WW is r-rectangular. Then FFF has a unique fixed point v∗v^*v∗, and

z∗=max⁡π∈Πmin⁡W∈WR(π,W)=p0⊤v∗,vk→v∗.z^*=\max_{\pi\in\Pi}\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi,W)=p_0^\top v^*,\qquad v^k\to v^* .z∗=π∈Πmax​W∈Wmin​R(π,W)=p0⊤​v∗,vk→v∗.

Write θ(ε)=ε(1−λ)(2λ)−1\theta(\varepsilon)=\varepsilon(1-\lambda)(2\lambda)^{-1}θ(ε)=ε(1−λ)(2λ)−1. If ∥vk+1−vk∥∞<θ(ε)\|v^{k+1}-v^k\|_\infty<\theta(\varepsilon)∥vk+1−vk∥∞​<θ(ε), then ∥vk+1−v∗∥∞≤ε\|v^{k+1}-v^*\|_\infty\le\varepsilon∥vk+1−v∗∥∞​≤ε, and the deterministic policy that VI-PI computes at that iteration is ε\varepsilonε-optimal. The test is passed as soon as λkmax⁡r<θ(ε)\lambda^k\max r<\theta(\varepsilon)λkmaxr<θ(ε).

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's route to the goal.

  1. The adversary's Bellman recursion (Proposition 3.1).
  2. The identity W⊤vπ,W=βπ,WW^\top v^{\pi,W}=\beta^{\pi,W}W⊤vπ,W=βπ,W (Lemma 4.3).
  3. The resolvent and linear-programming forms of z(π)z(\pi)z(π) (Lemmas A.2, A.3).
  4. The monotone contraction φ(π,⋅)\varphi(\pi,\cdot)φ(π,⋅) (Appendix A).
  5. The reformulation of z(π)z(\pi)z(π) with constraints βi≤min⁡wiwi⊤(rπ+λTπβ)\beta_i\le\min_{w_i}w_i^\top(r_\pi+\lambda T_\pi\beta)βi​≤minwi​​wi⊤​(rπ​+λTπ​β) (Lemma 3.3).
  6. The existence of a deterministic optimal robust policy (Lemma 4.1).
  7. The saddle point and the min-max duality (Theorem 4.2):
max⁡π∈Πmin⁡W∈WR(π,W)=min⁡W∈Wmax⁡π∈ΠR(π,W).\max_{\pi\in\Pi}\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi,W)=\min_{W\in\mathcal W}\max_{\pi\in\Pi}R(\pi,W).π∈Πmax​W∈Wmin​R(π,W)=W∈Wmin​π∈Πmax​R(π,W).
  1. The monotone contraction FFF (Lemma E.1).
  2. The fixed-point equation (5.1).

Theorem 3.2, the policy-evaluation analogue of the goal (Algorithm VI-PE), is included as a further item.

Significance

The theorem shows that factor uncertainty, in which transitions out of different states are coupled, is as tractable as (s,a)-rectangular uncertainty, provided the factors are independent. An optimal robust policy exists among deterministic stationary policies, the robust and nominal problems share a saddle point, and value iteration on a λ\lambdaλ-contraction computes the robust value. The structure is also what the companion mission builds on: the robust maximum principle and robust Blackwell optimality are derived from (5.1) and Theorem 4.2.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them is formalized: no factor-matrix robust MDP exists in Lean. The platform's robust-MDP items for (s,a)-rectangular sets (Nilim–El Ghaoui, Iyengar) and s-rectangular sets (Wiesemann et al.) are other uncertainty models and do not specialize to this one. A formal proof would also check a printed statement, since one clause of Theorem 4.2 needs correcting (see below).

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes a robust Bellman equation state by state and appeals to the contraction principle. Here that argument fails. Under factor uncertainty the adversary cannot choose the transitions out of each state separately, because one factor wiw_iwi​ enters every row PsaP_{sa}Psa​ with usai>0u^i_{sa}>0usai​>0. Minimizing state by state therefore yields kernels that need not come from a single feasible WWW. The decision maker's equation for vvv does not close on its own.

The step that requires care links two dynamic programs, the decision maker's over S\mathbb SS and the adversary's over [r][r][r], and shows that factor-wise minimization is feasible. That is where r-rectangularity enters. The paper's Appendix A gives an instance in which the factor-wise minimizers are infeasible once a constraint couples the factors.

Formalization scope

  • States and actions are arbitrary finite types. A\mathbb AA is nonempty, and S\mathbb SS is nonempty because p0p_0p0​ is a distribution. Factors are indexed by Fin r (0-based).
  • W\mathcal WW is a set of maps Fin r → S → ℝ whose values are probability vectors. It is nonempty, convex and compact. Nonemptiness is implicit in the paper and explicit here. Wi\mathcal W^iWi is the projection of W\mathcal WW, and r-rectangularity is a hypothesis (IsRRect). Proposition 3.1, Lemmas 4.3, A.2 and A.3, and both contraction statements are stated without it. Lemma 3.3 is stated with it, since it is false without it.
  • Rewards are nonnegative, as on p. 1. The discount satisfies 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1 in every statement.
  • vπ,Wv^{\pi,W}vπ,W and the adversary's value βπ,W\beta^{\pi,W}βπ,W are discounted sums, never solutions of a Bellman equation by definition. Defining them as fixed points would make Proposition 3.1, Lemma 4.3 and (5.1) true by definition.
  • Every min and max is attained. Statements use IsLeast/IsGreatest, and Lemma A.2 states the invertibility of I−λW⊤TπI-\lambda W^\top T_\piI−λW⊤Tπ​, because Lean's matrix inverse is 000 on singular matrices.
  • FFF is stated with a maximum over actions. The paper (p. 10) says this is equivalent to its maximum over πs∈Δ\pi_s\in\Deltaπs​∈Δ. Lemma E.1 and the contraction of φ\varphiφ are stated on all of RS\mathbb R^SRS and Rr\mathbb R^rRr.
  • Not formalized: the count of arithmetic operations in Theorems 3.2 and 5.1, and the ε\varepsilonε-optimization oracle of Assumption 2.4 that it counts. The iteration count is stated explicitly instead.
  • Corrections. The paper states (4.6) for every robust solution (π∗,W∗)(\pi^*,W^*)(π∗,W∗) with π∗\pi^*π∗ deterministic. That claim is false: a two-state instance has every policy robust-optimal, yet one robust solution is not nominally optimal against its own W∗W^*W∗. Theorem 4.2 and (5.1) are stated in existence form, which is the form the proof of Theorem 5.1 uses.
  • A goal that kept only the convergence vk→v∗v^k\to v^*vk→v∗ would be a different and weaker theorem. The goal also requires z∗=p0⊤v∗z^*=p_0^\top v^*z∗=p0⊤​v∗, the stopping rule, and the ε\varepsilonε-optimality of the computed deterministic policy.

Reusable infrastructure includes the discounted value of a stationary policy for a stochastic matrix, monotone sup-norm contractions with the standard stopping rule, and minimization of linear forms over compact sets. Contributions to any of these are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Goyal, J. Grand-Clément, Robust Markov Decision Processes: Beyond Rectangularity, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023; preprint arXiv:1811.00215v8, 2021 (the version formalized). https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.00215 · https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2022.1259
  • A. Nilim, L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition probabilities, Operations Research 53(5), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • G. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Robust Markov decision processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38(1), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0566
  • J. Goh, M. Bayati, S. A. Zenios, S. Singh, D. Moore, Data uncertainty in Markov chains: application to cost-effectiveness analyses of medical innovations, Operations Research 66(3), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2017.1685
  • J. K. Satia, R. L. Lave, Markov decision processes with uncertain transition probabilities, Operations Research 21(3), 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.3.728
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Soft Robust Model for Optimization Under Ambiguity: For Every δ > 0, Soft Robust Feasibility Is a Convex Risk Measure Constraint, and Every Normalized Convex Risk Measure Arises This WayResearch Paper

Motivation

Optimization under uncertainty usually fixes one probability distribution P\mathbb PP for the uncertain data and optimizes an expected payoff, or fixes a set Q\mathcal QQ of distributions and protects against the worst one (robust optimization). The first is sensitive to a misspecified P\mathbb PP; the second can be very conservative, because it treats a barely plausible distribution exactly like the nominal one. Ben-Tal, Bertsimas and Brown (Oper. Res. 58(4), 2010) propose a graded alternative, the soft robust model: the decision maker accepts a loss of at most ε\varepsilonε in expected payoff under every distribution of a set Q(ε)\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)Q(ε), simultaneously for all levels ε\varepsilonε up to a budget δ\deltaδ. Larger sets of distributions are allowed a larger shortfall.

The paper's central result, Theorem 2.1, shows that this model is exactly a constraint on a convex risk measure in the sense of Föllmer and Schied (Finance Stoch. 6, 2002), and that every normalized convex risk measure arises from some soft robust model. This connects distributionally robust optimization with the theory of monetary risk measures, and gives a tractable convex reformulation of soft robust constraints. Related earlier work connected coherent risk measures with standard robust optimization (Bertsimas and Brown, Oper. Res. 57(6), 2009).

Setting

Let (Ω,F)(\Omega,\mathcal F)(Ω,F) be a measurable space and P\mathcal PP the set of all probability measures on it. A decision xxx ranges over a nonempty, closed, convex set X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn; a random variable u:Ω→Rmu:\Omega\to\mathbb R^mu:Ω→Rm carries the uncertain parameters, and f(x,u(ω))f(x,u(\omega))f(x,u(ω)) is the payoff, concave in x∈Xx\in Xx∈X for every ω\omegaω. For each x∈Xx\in Xx∈X the random variable f(x)=f(x,u(⋅))f(x)=f(x,u(\cdot))f(x)=f(x,u(⋅)) is assumed bounded and measurable.

A family of measures is Q={Q(ε)⊆P:ε≥0}\mathbf Q=\{\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)\subseteq\mathcal P:\varepsilon\ge0\}Q={Q(ε)⊆P:ε≥0}. It is nondecreasing if Q(ε1)⊆Q(ε2)\mathcal Q(\varepsilon_1)\subseteq\mathcal Q(\varepsilon_2)Q(ε1​)⊆Q(ε2​) for ε1≤ε2\varepsilon_1\le\varepsilon_2ε1​≤ε2​, and convex if Qi∈Q(εi)\mathbb Q_i\in\mathcal Q(\varepsilon_i)Qi​∈Q(εi​) implies λQ1+(1−λ)Q2∈Q(λε1+(1−λ)ε2)\lambda\mathbb Q_1+(1-\lambda)\mathbb Q_2\in\mathcal Q(\lambda\varepsilon_1+(1-\lambda)\varepsilon_2)λQ1​+(1−λ)Q2​∈Q(λε1​+(1−λ)ε2​) for λ∈[0,1]\lambda\in[0,1]λ∈[0,1]. The standing assumptions are that Q\mathbf QQ is nondecreasing and convex and that Q(0)≠∅\mathcal Q(0)\neq\emptysetQ(0)=∅. The soft robust feasible set at level δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0 is

XQ(δ)={x∈X: inf⁡Q∈Q(ε)EQ[f(x)] ≥ −ε∀ ε∈[0,δ]}.(5)X^Q(\delta)=\Big\{x\in X:\ \inf_{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)}\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[f(x)]\ \ge\ -\varepsilon\quad\forall\,\varepsilon\in[0,\delta]\Big\}.\tag{5}XQ(δ)={x∈X: Q∈Q(ε)inf​EQ​[f(x)] ≥ −ε∀ε∈[0,δ]}.(5)

A risk measure, on the space Y\mathcal YY of bounded payoffs, is a map ρ:Y→R\rho:\mathcal Y\to\mathbb Rρ:Y→R with Y1≥Y2⇒ρ(Y1)≤ρ(Y2)Y_1\ge Y_2\Rightarrow\rho(Y_1)\le\rho(Y_2)Y1​≥Y2​⇒ρ(Y1​)≤ρ(Y2​) and ρ(Y+c)=ρ(Y)−c\rho(Y+c)=\rho(Y)-cρ(Y+c)=ρ(Y)−c for c∈Rc\in\mathbb Rc∈R; it is convex if ρ(λY1+(1−λ)Y2)≤λρ(Y1)+(1−λ)ρ(Y2)\rho(\lambda Y_1+(1-\lambda)Y_2)\le\lambda\rho(Y_1)+(1-\lambda)\rho(Y_2)ρ(λY1​+(1−λ)Y2​)≤λρ(Y1​)+(1−λ)ρ(Y2​). It is generated by a convex penalty α:P→[0,∞]\alpha:\mathcal P\to[0,\infty]α:P→[0,∞] if ρ(Y)=sup⁡Q∈P{−EQ[Y]−α(Q)}\rho(Y)=\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal P}\{-\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[Y]-\alpha(\mathbb Q)\}ρ(Y)=supQ∈P​{−EQ​[Y]−α(Q)}, and normalized if in addition α(Q)=0\alpha(\mathbb Q)=0α(Q)=0 for some Q\mathbb QQ. A family and a penalty determine each other:

αQ(Q)=inf⁡{ε≥0:Q∈Q(ε)},Qα(ε)={Q∈P:α(Q)≤ε},\alpha^Q(\mathbb Q)=\inf\{\varepsilon\ge0:\mathbb Q\in\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)\},\qquad \mathcal Q^\alpha(\varepsilon)=\{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal P:\alpha(\mathbb Q)\le\varepsilon\},αQ(Q)=inf{ε≥0:Q∈Q(ε)},Qα(ε)={Q∈P:α(Q)≤ε},

and ρQ\rho^QρQ denotes the risk measure generated by αQ\alpha^QαQ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1 for δ>0\delta>0δ>0

For every nondecreasing, convex family Q\mathbf QQ with Q(0)≠∅\mathcal Q(0)\ne\emptysetQ(0)=∅, ρQ\rho^QρQ is a convex risk measure generated by the normalized convex penalty αQ\alpha^QαQ, the minimum below is attained for every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X, and

XQ(δ)={x∈X: min⁡λ≥0{λδ+(λ+1) ρQ(f(x)λ+1)}≤0}.(6)X^Q(\delta)=\Big\{x\in X:\ \min_{\lambda\ge0}\Big\{\lambda\delta+(\lambda+1)\,\rho^Q\Big(\frac{f(x)}{\lambda+1}\Big)\Big\}\le0\Big\}.\tag{6}XQ(δ)={x∈X: λ≥0min​{λδ+(λ+1)ρQ(λ+1f(x)​)}≤0}.(6)

Conversely, for every convex risk measure ρ\rhoρ generated by a normalized convex penalty α\alphaα, the family Qα\mathbf Q^\alphaQα is nondecreasing and convex with Qα(0)≠∅\mathcal Q^\alpha(0)\ne\emptysetQα(0)=∅, and (6) holds with ρ\rhoρ on the right and Qα\mathbf Q^\alphaQα on the left.

Milestones: the steps of the proof (p. 1224)

  1. The soft robust infimum inf⁡{EQ[f(x)]+ε:ε∈[0,δ], Q∈Q(ε)}\inf\{\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[f(x)]+\varepsilon:\varepsilon\in[0,\delta],\ \mathbb Q\in\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)\}inf{EQ​[f(x)]+ε:ε∈[0,δ], Q∈Q(ε)} equals inf⁡{EQ[f(x)]+αQ(Q):αQ(Q)≤δ}\inf\{\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[f(x)]+\alpha^Q(\mathbb Q):\alpha^Q(\mathbb Q)\le\delta\}inf{EQ​[f(x)]+αQ(Q):αQ(Q)≤δ}.
  2. Strong duality with an attained multiplier: that infimum equals max⁡λ≥0{−λδ+inf⁡Q{EQ[f(x)]+(λ+1)αQ(Q)}}\max_{\lambda\ge0}\{-\lambda\delta+\inf_{\mathbb Q}\{\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[f(x)]+(\lambda+1)\alpha^Q(\mathbb Q)\}\}maxλ≥0​{−λδ+infQ​{EQ​[f(x)]+(λ+1)αQ(Q)}}.
  3. The scaling identity inf⁡Q{EQ[Y]+(λ+1)αQ(Q)}=−(λ+1)ρQ(Y/(λ+1))\inf_{\mathbb Q}\{\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[Y]+(\lambda+1)\alpha^Q(\mathbb Q)\}=-(\lambda+1)\rho^Q(Y/(\lambda+1))infQ​{EQ​[Y]+(λ+1)αQ(Q)}=−(λ+1)ρQ(Y/(λ+1)).
  4. ρQ\rho^QρQ is a convex risk measure generated by the convex, normalized penalty αQ\alpha^QαQ.
  5. For a convex normalized α\alphaα, Qα\mathbf Q^\alphaQα is nondecreasing and convex with Qα(0)≠∅\mathcal Q^\alpha(0)\ne\emptysetQα(0)=∅.
  6. αQα=α\alpha^{Q^\alpha}=\alphaαQα=α.

Significance

Theorem 2.1 makes the soft robust constraint usable: the right side of (6) is a single constraint in (λ,x)(\lambda,x)(λ,x), and the function (λ+1)ρ(f(x)/(λ+1))(\lambda+1)\rho(f(x)/(\lambda+1))(λ+1)ρ(f(x)/(λ+1)) is jointly convex in (λ,x)(\lambda,x)(λ,x) for λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, so soft robust problems are convex programs whenever the risk measure can be evaluated. Read in the other direction, it gives every normalized convex risk measure an interpretation as a graded robustness requirement over the level sets of its penalty, which is how the paper derives soft robust counterparts of optimized certainty equivalents, CVaR and entropic risk, and its later bounds on the probability of a loss.

The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it produces a Lean development of convex risk measures generated by penalties on an arbitrary measurable space, with extended-valued penalties and mixtures of probability measures, and a one-constraint Lagrange duality theorem over a convex set of probability measures. Mathlib does not currently provide Lagrange duality in this form.

Difficulty

The equalities of the proof read as routine, and two of them are not. The first equality is described as "the definition of αQ\alpha^QαQ", but a measure with αQ(Q)=δ\alpha^Q(\mathbb Q)=\deltaαQ(Q)=δ need not belong to Q(δ)\mathcal Q(\delta)Q(δ), because the infimum defining αQ\alpha^QαQ need not be attained; the equality relies on the convexity of the family, the nonemptiness of Q(0)\mathcal Q(0)Q(0) and the boundedness of f(x)f(x)f(x). The second equality is Lagrange duality with dual attainment for a convex program whose variable is a probability measure and whose objective and constraint are extended-valued; the classical theorem applies to convex subsets of vector spaces, and transferring it to mixtures of probability measures with [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued penalties is the main formal work. Attainment of the minimum in (6), which the paper asserts by writing "min", is exactly dual attainment and does not follow from the inequality alone.

Formalization scope

The probability measures are ProbabilityMeasure Ω on a measurable space; a family is a map from levels ε∈R≥0\varepsilon\in\mathbb R_{\ge0}ε∈R≥0​ to sets of probability measures, and mixtures are built from the measures t Q1+(1−t) Q2t\,\mathbb Q_1+(1-t)\,\mathbb Q_2tQ1​+(1−t)Q2​. Penalties, including αQ\alpha^QαQ, take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so that a measure in no Q(ε)\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)Q(ε) has penalty +∞+\infty+∞; a real-valued αQ\alpha^QαQ would give such measures penalty 000 through the junk value of an empty infimum, and is excluded. Risk measures are real functions whose axioms are imposed on bounded measurable payoffs, "generated by" includes the least-upper-bound property of the supremum, and "min" in (6) is attainment on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) together with a nonpositive minimum. The decision set and payoff carry the paper's assumptions; concavity of the payoff and closedness and convexity of XXX are kept although Theorem 2.1 does not use them. Infima over measures in the milestones are taken in the extended reals.

The case δ=0\delta=0δ=0 is excluded. The paper states Theorem 2.1 for δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0, but at δ=0\delta=0δ=0 its proof interchanges a limit in λ\lambdaλ with a supremum over measures without justification, and (6) fails: on Ω={a,b}\Omega=\{a,b\}Ω={a,b} with Q(0)\mathcal Q(0)Q(0) the measures giving aaa mass at most 1/41/41/4 and Q(ε)\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)Q(ε) those giving it mass at most 1/21/21/2 for ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, the payoff f(a)=−2f(a)=-2f(a)=−2, f(b)=1f(b)=1f(b)=1 is soft robust at level 000 while the right side of (6) is empty. The goal and the milestones therefore fix δ>0\delta>0δ>0, the case the paper's main argument treats.

A complete development needs: convex risk measures and their generation by penalties, mixtures of probability measures, Lagrange duality with Slater's condition over convex sets of measures, and the scaling identity for ρQ\rho^QρQ. The duality theorem and the risk-measure layer are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of any milestone are welcome, as are general convex-duality lemmas that the strong-duality step can import.

Selected references

  • A. Ben-Tal, D. Bertsimas, D. B. Brown, A Soft Robust Model for Optimization Under Ambiguity, Operations Research 58(4, Part 2):1220–1234, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1100.0821
  • H. Föllmer, A. Schied, Convex measures of risk and trading constraints, Finance and Stochastics 6(4):429–447, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/s007800200072
  • H. Föllmer, A. Schied, Stochastic Finance: An Introduction in Discrete Time, 2nd ed., de Gruyter, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110212075
  • D. G. Luenberger, Optimization by Vector Space Methods, Wiley, 1969, Chapter 8.
  • D. Bertsimas, D. B. Brown, Constructing Uncertainty Sets for Robust Linear Optimization, Operations Research 57(6):1483–1495, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1080.0695
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Distributionally Robust Perspective on Uncertainty Quantification and Chance Constrained Programming: Individual Chance Constraints over Markov Ambiguity Sets Are Finite Conic SystemsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many engineering and operations problems must guarantee that a system operates safely with high probability, when the uncertain parameters z~\tilde zz~ are only partially known. A chance constraint asks that the safety condition Sz~≤tS\tilde z \le tSz~≤t hold with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ for a tolerance ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon \in (0,1)ϵ∈(0,1). When the distribution of z~\tilde zz~ is itself uncertain, the distributionally robust version asks this for every distribution in an ambiguity set P\mathcal PP built from what is known: moments, supports, confidence regions. Two problems then arise: computing the worst-case probability inf⁡P∈PP[Sz~≤t]\inf_{\mathbb P \in \mathcal P}\mathbb P[S\tilde z \le t]infP∈P​P[Sz~≤t] (uncertainty quantification), and optimizing a design xxx under the constraint inf⁡P∈PP[S(x)z~≤t(x)]≥1−ϵ\inf_{\mathbb P \in \mathcal P}\mathbb P[S(x)\tilde z \le t(x)] \ge 1-\epsiloninfP∈P​P[S(x)z~≤t(x)]≥1−ϵ (chance constrained programming).

Hanasusanto, Roitch, Kuhn and Wiesemann (Math. Program. 151, 2015) chart which combinations of ambiguity sets and constraint structures admit exact finite reformulations and which are strongly NP-hard. This mission takes the positive core of that chart: for Markov ambiguity sets (first-order moment information plus a conic support), the worst-case probability is the value of a finite conic program, and an individual chance constraint is equivalent to a finite system of linear conic inequalities.

Timeline. Chebyshev-type bounds for worst-case probabilities under moment information go back to the generalized Chebyshev inequalities of Vandenberghe, Boyd and Comanor (2007), and to the duality theory of moment problems summarized by Shapiro (2001). Wiesemann, Kuhn and Sim (2014) introduced the nested conic ambiguity sets used here to evaluate worst-case expectations. Hanasusanto et al. (2015) applied them to worst-case probabilities of polytopes and to chance constraints, proving Theorem 3 (moment problem reformulation) and Theorem 7 (individual chance constraints over Markov sets), together with strong NP-hardness results, such as Theorem 8, showing that the restrictions cannot be dropped.

Setting

Let z~∈RP\tilde z \in \mathbb R^Pz~∈RP be the uncertain parameters and u~∈RQ\tilde u \in \mathbb R^Qu~∈RQ an auxiliary random vector. Fix A∈RK×PA \in \mathbb R^{K\times P}A∈RK×P, B∈RK×QB \in \mathbb R^{K\times Q}B∈RK×Q, b∈RKb \in \mathbb R^Kb∈RK, and a confidence set

C1={(z,u):C1z+D1u≼K1d1},\mathcal C_1 = \{(z,u) : C_1 z + D_1 u \preccurlyeq_{\mathcal K_1} d_1\},C1​={(z,u):C1​z+D1​u≼K1​​d1​},

where C1∈RL1×PC_1 \in \mathbb R^{L_1\times P}C1​∈RL1​×P, D1∈RL1×QD_1 \in \mathbb R^{L_1\times Q}D1​∈RL1​×Q, d1∈RL1d_1 \in \mathbb R^{L_1}d1​∈RL1​ and K1\mathcal K_1K1​ is a proper cone (closed, convex, pointed, with nonempty interior); x≼Kyx \preccurlyeq_{\mathcal K} yx≼K​y means y−x∈Ky - x \in \mathcal Ky−x∈K, and K1⋆={y:x⊤y≥0 ∀x∈K1}\mathcal K_1^\star = \{y : x^\top y \ge 0\ \forall x \in \mathcal K_1\}K1⋆​={y:x⊤y≥0 ∀x∈K1​} is the dual cone. The Markov ambiguity set is

P={P:EP[Az~+Bu~]=b, P[(z~,u~)∈C1]=1},\mathcal P = \{\mathbb P : \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[A\tilde z + B\tilde u] = b,\ \mathbb P[(\tilde z,\tilde u) \in \mathcal C_1] = 1\},P={P:EP​[Az~+Bu~]=b, P[(z~,u~)∈C1​]=1},

the case I=1I = 1I=1, p‾1=p‾1=1\underline p_1 = \overline p_1 = 1p​1​=p​1​=1 of the paper's nested set (4).

Two regularity notions enter. C1\mathcal C_1C1​ is essentially strictly feasible if it contains a point satisfying all non-polyhedral constraints of its description strictly. The Slater condition (S) for I=1I = 1I=1 requires bbb to lie in the interior of {Az+Bu:(z,u)∈C1}\{Az + Bu : (z,u) \in \mathcal C_1\}{Az+Bu:(z,u)∈C1​}.

For the safety system Sz~≤tS\tilde z \le tSz~≤t with rows sj⊤s_j^\topsj⊤​, j∈J={1,…,J}j \in \mathcal J = \{1,\dots,J\}j∈J={1,…,J}, let L={j:∃(z,u)∈C1, sj⊤z>tj}\mathcal L = \{j : \exists (z,u) \in \mathcal C_1,\ s_j^\top z > t_j\}L={j:∃(z,u)∈C1​, sj⊤​z>tj​} be the rows that can be violated on C1\mathcal C_1C1​. Problem (17) at I=1I = 1I=1 maximizes b⊤γ+p‾1λ−p‾1κb^\top\gamma + \underline p_1\lambda - \overline p_1\kappab⊤γ+p​1​λ−p​1​κ over γ∈RK\gamma \in \mathbb R^Kγ∈RK, λ,κ≥0\lambda,\kappa \ge 0λ,κ≥0, ϕ∈K1⋆\phi \in \mathcal K_1^\starϕ∈K1⋆​ and, for j∈Lj \in \mathcal Lj∈L, τj≥0\tau_j \ge 0τj​≥0, ψj∈K1⋆\psi_j \in \mathcal K_1^\starψj​∈K1⋆​, subject to λ−κ+d1⊤ϕ≤1\lambda - \kappa + d_1^\top\phi \le 1λ−κ+d1⊤​ϕ≤1, A⊤γ=C1⊤ϕA^\top\gamma = C_1^\top\phiA⊤γ=C1⊤​ϕ, B⊤γ=D1⊤ϕB^\top\gamma = D_1^\top\phiB⊤γ=D1⊤​ϕ and, for j∈Lj \in \mathcal Lj∈L, λ−κ+d1⊤ψj−τjtj≤0\lambda - \kappa + d_1^\top\psi_j - \tau_j t_j \le 0λ−κ+d1⊤​ψj​−τj​tj​≤0, A⊤γ+τjsj=C1⊤ψjA^\top\gamma + \tau_j s_j = C_1^\top\psi_jA⊤γ+τj​sj​=C1⊤​ψj​, B⊤γ=D1⊤ψjB^\top\gamma = D_1^\top\psi_jB⊤γ=D1⊤​ψj​.

For an individual constraint (J=1J = 1J=1) write s⊤z~≤ts^\top\tilde z \le ts⊤z~≤t. System (26) asks for β∈R\beta \in \mathbb Rβ∈R, γ∈RK\gamma \in \mathbb R^Kγ∈RK, ϕ,ψ∈K1⋆\phi,\psi \in \mathcal K_1^\starϕ,ψ∈K1⋆​, τ≥0\tau \ge 0τ≥0 with

β+b⊤γ≥(1−ϵ)τ,  β+d1⊤ϕ≤τ,  β+d1⊤ψ≤t,  A⊤γ=C1⊤ϕ,  B⊤γ=D1⊤ϕ,  A⊤γ+s=C1⊤ψ,  B⊤γ=D1⊤ψ.\beta + b^\top\gamma \ge (1-\epsilon)\tau,\ \ \beta + d_1^\top\phi \le \tau,\ \ \beta + d_1^\top\psi \le t,\ \ A^\top\gamma = C_1^\top\phi,\ \ B^\top\gamma = D_1^\top\phi,\ \ A^\top\gamma + s = C_1^\top\psi,\ \ B^\top\gamma = D_1^\top\psi.β+b⊤γ≥(1−ϵ)τ,  β+d1⊤​ϕ≤τ,  β+d1⊤​ψ≤t,  A⊤γ=C1⊤​ϕ,  B⊤γ=D1⊤​ϕ,  A⊤γ+s=C1⊤​ψ,  B⊤γ=D1⊤​ψ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7 (p. 18)

Under essential strict feasibility of C1\mathcal C_1C1​, (S), and ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon \in (0,1)ϵ∈(0,1),

inf⁡P∈PP[s⊤z~≤t]≥1−ϵ  ⟺  (26) is solvable.\inf_{\mathbb P \in \mathcal P}\mathbb P[s^\top\tilde z \le t] \ge 1-\epsilon \iff \text{(26) is solvable}.P∈Pinf​P[s⊤z~≤t]≥1−ϵ⟺(26) is solvable.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3 (case I=1I = 1I=1), sufficiency. Every feasible point of (17) has objective value at most P[Sz~≤t]\mathbb P[S\tilde z \le t]P[Sz~≤t] for every P∈P\mathbb P \in \mathcal PP∈P.
  2. Theorem 3 (case I=1I = 1I=1). Under essential strict feasibility and (S),
inf⁡P∈PP[Sz~≤t]=sup⁡ (17).\inf_{\mathbb P \in \mathcal P}\mathbb P[S\tilde z \le t] = \sup\,(17).P∈Pinf​P[Sz~≤t]=sup(17).
  1. §5 feasibility claim (with (17), case I=1I = 1I=1). Under the same hypotheses and ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon \in (0,1)ϵ∈(0,1), the chance constraint holds iff (17) has a feasible point of value at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ.
  2. Theorem 7, sufficiency. Any solution of (26) certifies P[s⊤z~≤t]≥1−ϵ\mathbb P[s^\top\tilde z \le t] \ge 1-\epsilonP[s⊤z~≤t]≥1−ϵ for all P∈P\mathbb P \in \mathcal PP∈P.

Significance

Theorem 7 turns an individual distributionally robust chance constraint over a Markov ambiguity set into finitely many linear conic constraints whose size is polynomial in the data. Since s(x)s(x)s(x) and t(x)t(x)t(x) are affine in the design xxx, the chance constrained program becomes a single conic program, solvable with standard software. The paper notes (p. 18) that, apart from the Wasserstein set, all ambiguity sets of its Section 2.3 are Markov sets or intersections of Markov sets with structural ambiguity sets, and Theorem 8 shows that adding a second confidence set already makes the problem strongly NP-hard, so the theorem marks a precise tractability boundary. Theorem 3 underlies the paper's later results and its §5 heuristic for intractable cases.

All five statements are proved in the literature: the paper defers its proofs to an accompanying technical report. None is machine-checked. A formal proof would supply a verified duality theory for moment problems with conic supports, a reusable bridge between semi-infinite constraints and conic certificates, and a verified basis for the paper's hardness results to be stated against.

Difficulty

The sufficiency halves are weak-duality arguments. The converse directions are not: the worst-case probability is an infimum over an infinite-dimensional set of measures, and the conclusion of Theorem 7 requires the dual certificate to be attained, not just approached. Two separate duality steps must both close without a gap and with attainment: the moment problem against its semi-infinite dual, which is where (S) enters, and each semi-infinite constraint against its conic dual over C1\mathcal C_1C1​, which is where essential strict feasibility enters. The event {s⊤z>t}\{s^\top z > t\}{s⊤z>t} is open, so the semi-infinite constraint must also be passed to its closure. Mathlib has neither a duality theorem for moment problems nor conic strong duality with attainment.

Formalization scope

The mission covers Markov ambiguity sets only (I=1I = 1I=1, p‾1=p‾1=1\underline p_1 = \overline p_1 = 1p​1​=p​1​=1). The general nested case of Theorem 3 is not stated, because the paper does not make (S) explicit for I>1I > 1I>1. Symmetry and unimodality information, joint chance constraints and the hardness results are out of scope. The paper's proofs are in a technical report that the mission does not use.

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, the single confidence set is index 0 : Fin 1 of the published DRConvexOpt.Reform.AmbData, and its field c 0 is d1d_1d1​.
  • Probabilities are μ.real. The local paperAmbiguitySet reuses the published data and confidence-set definitions and requires integrability only of Az~+Bu~A\tilde z+B\tilde uAz~+Bu~. This makes the expectation condition void when K=0K=0K=0, as the paper states.
  • "inf⁡PP[E]≥1−ϵ\inf_{\mathbb P}\mathbb P[E] \ge 1-\epsiloninfP​P[E]≥1−ϵ" is stated as "1−ϵ≤P[E]1-\epsilon \le \mathbb P[E]1−ϵ≤P[E] for every P∈P\mathbb P \in \mathcal PP∈P", so an empty P\mathcal PP is not mishandled by sInf ∅ = 0.
  • "Coincides with the optimal value" is one real number that is both the greatest lower bound of the probabilities and the least upper bound of the objective values of (17).
  • Essential strict feasibility is read as: K1=Kp∩Kn\mathcal K_1 = \mathcal K_p \cap \mathcal K_nK1​=Kp​∩Kn​ for some polyhedral cone Kp\mathcal K_pKp​ and closed convex cone Kn\mathcal K_nKn​, with a point of C1\mathcal C_1C1​ whose slack lies in Kp∩int⁡Kn\mathcal K_p \cap \operatorname{int}\mathcal K_nKp​∩intKn​.
  • The decision xxx is fixed: s,ts, ts,t stand for s(x),t(x)s(x), t(x)s(x),t(x), and the program (2) and the set X\mathcal XX are not formalized.
  • ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon \in (0,1)ϵ∈(0,1), proper K1\mathcal K_1K1​, essential strict feasibility and (S) are explicit hypotheses. The sufficiency halves drop (S) and essential strict feasibility, which they do not need.

Replacing essential strict feasibility by full strict feasibility, adding τ>0\tau > 0τ>0 to (26), or imposing the ψj\psi_jψj​-constraints for j∉Lj \notin \mathcal Lj∈/L would each change the theorem and is ruled out. The hypotheses are jointly satisfiable: C1=[−1,1]\mathcal C_1 = [-1,1]C1​=[−1,1], A=1A = 1A=1, b=0b = 0b=0, K1=R+2\mathcal K_1 = \mathbb R^2_+K1​=R+2​ satisfies all of them, with a nonempty ambiguity set.

A complete development needs conic duality with attainment under partial Slater conditions, Lagrangian duality for moment problems, and the reduction of a measure-valued infimum to finitely supported measures. All three are reusable well beyond this mission, and contributions to any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. A. Hanasusanto, V. Roitch, D. Kuhn, W. Wiesemann, A distributionally robust perspective on uncertainty quantification and chance constrained programming, Mathematical Programming 151(1), 35–62, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-015-0896-z
  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, M. Sim, Distributionally robust convex optimization, Operations Research 62(6), 1358–1376, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1314
  • A. Shapiro, On duality theory of conic linear problems, in: Semi-Infinite Programming, Kluwer, 135–165, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-3403-4_7
  • L. Vandenberghe, S. Boyd, K. Comanor, Generalized Chebyshev bounds via semidefinite programming, SIAM Review 49(1), 52–64, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0036144504440543
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Lectures on Modern Convex Optimization, SIAM, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718829
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Adaptive Distributionally Robust Optimization: Under Complete Recourse with One Second-Stage Variable, the Linear Decision Rule in the Primary and Auxiliary Variables Is Exact (β = β_E)Research Paper

Why adaptive decisions matter

A planner often chooses a first action before uncertain inputs are known and a corrective action afterward. If the uncertain input has no trusted probability law, a distributionally robust model tests the first action against all laws consistent with known support and moment information. The corrective action may depend on the realized input. This combination produces a difficult optimization problem: the adversary chooses a probability law, while the planner chooses a function of the input. Bertsimas, Sim, and Zhang study a class in which the support and moment bounds have second-order-cone representations. Their particular question is whether a tractable affine corrective rule can recover the exact worst-case cost.

Earlier work on moment-based distributionally robust optimization developed other ambiguity sets and reformulations. The related Prove2Me drafts MinimaxSLP and TractableDRO address mean and second-moment equality classes or bounds on positive parts of affine functions. Their model conventions differ from this paper's lifted SOC support, so this mission develops its own definitions. The affine-policy result of Bertsimas, Iancu, and Parrilo concerns a different multistage robust model. The paper places these contributions in its account of robust and distributionally robust decision rules (pp. 604–605).

Two-stage model and lifted ambiguity set

Write x∈RN1x\in\mathbb R^{N_1}x∈RN1​ for the first-stage decision and z∈RI1z\in\mathbb R^{I_1}z∈RI1​ for the observed uncertainty. After observing zzz, the planner chooses a free second-stage vector y∈RN2y\in\mathbb R^{N_2}y∈RN2​. The constraint data depend affinely on zzz: A(z)=A0+∑iAiziA(z)=A^0+\sum_i A^i z_iA(z)=A0+∑i​Aizi​ and b(z)=b0+∑ibizib(z)=b^0+\sum_i b^i z_ib(z)=b0+∑i​bizi​. The fixed recourse matrix is BBB, and ddd gives the second-stage cost. The recourse value is

Q(x,z)=min⁡{d⊤y:A(z)x+By≥b(z), y∈RN2}.Q(x,z)=\min\{d^\top y:A(z)x+By\ge b(z),\ y\in\mathbb R^{N_2}\}.Q(x,z)=min{d⊤y:A(z)x+By≥b(z), y∈RN2​}.

The support set WWW restricts possible realizations. An SOC ambiguity set FFF contains probability laws PPP on zzz for which P(W)=1P(W)=1P(W)=1, EP[Gz]=μ\mathbb E_P[Gz]=\muEP​[Gz]=μ, and EP[gi(z)]≤σi\mathbb E_P[g_i(z)]\le\sigma_iEP​[gi​(z)]≤σi​ for each auxiliary function gig_igi​. The paper assumes that WWW and each epigraph {(z,ui):gi(z)≤ui}\{(z,u_i):g_i(z)\le u_i\}{(z,ui​):gi​(z)≤ui​} can be represented using products of second-order cones (Definition 3). Its exact worst-case expected recourse cost is β(x)=sup⁡P∈FEP[Q(x,z)]\beta(x)=\sup_{P\in F}\mathbb E_P[Q(x,z)]β(x)=supP∈F​EP​[Q(x,z)].

The model introduces an auxiliary vector u∈RI2u\in\mathbb R^{I_2}u∈RI2​ with lifted support Wˉ={(z,u):z∈W, g(z)≤u}\bar W=\{(z,u):z\in W,\ g(z)\le u\}Wˉ={(z,u):z∈W, g(z)≤u}. The lifted ambiguity set G\mathcal GG consists of joint laws on (z,u)(z,u)(z,u) supported on Wˉ\bar WWˉ with E[Gz]=μ\mathbb E[Gz]=\muE[Gz]=μ and E[u]≤σ\mathbb E[u]\le\sigmaE[u]≤σ. Proposition 1 states that the primary marginals of these joint laws are exactly FFF. A regular linear decision rule has y(z)=y0+Y1zy(z)=y^0+Y^1zy(z)=y0+Y1z. An extended linear decision rule has y(z,u)=y0+Y1z+Y2uy(z,u)=y^0+Y^1z+Y^2uy(z,u)=y0+Y1z+Y2u. Their best worst-case costs are βL(x)\beta_L(x)βL​(x) and βE(x)\beta_E(x)βE​(x), with feasibility enforced at every point of WWW or Wˉ\bar WWˉ respectively (§3.1).

Formalization targets

Theorem 2 gives the comparison that holds for the two rule classes:

β(x)≤βE(x)≤βL(x).\beta(x)\le\beta_E(x)\le\beta_L(x).β(x)≤βE​(x)≤βL​(x).

Theorem 1 identifies β(x)\beta(x)β(x) with the robust program (9). Its variables are r∈Rr\in\mathbb Rr∈R, s∈RL1s\in\mathbb R^{L_1}s∈RL1​, and t∈R+I2t\in\mathbb R^{I_2}_+t∈R+I2​​, constrained by r+s⊤Gz+t⊤u≥Q(x,z)r+s^\top Gz+t^\top u\ge Q(x,z)r+s⊤Gz+t⊤u≥Q(x,z) at every (z,u)∈Wˉ(z,u)\in\bar W(z,u)∈Wˉ; its objective is r+s⊤μ+t⊤σr+s^\top\mu+t^\top\sigmar+s⊤μ+t⊤σ. This result assumes relative complete recourse and Assumption 1, which represents the actual lifted support by a product of second-order cones and supplies a strict Slater point.

The mission's goal is Theorem 4. Under complete recourse and one second-stage decision variable, the extended affine class gives the exact value for every first-stage vector:

∀x∈RN1,β(x)=βE(x).\forall x\in\mathbb R^{N_1},\qquad \beta(x)=\beta_E(x).∀x∈RN1​,β(x)=βE​(x).

The equality is stronger than the bounds alone: it says that optimizing over this finite-parameter decision-rule class loses no worst-case value in the stated regime (Theorems 1, 2, and 4).

What the result supplies

Theorem 4 gives a precise case where the lifted affine approximation is exact. This matters because the unrestricted corrective decision is a function, while the affine class is described by finitely many coefficients. The paper observes that, with one recourse variable, the associated dual polyhedron has only MMM extreme points; the robust reformulation can therefore be handled using a finite collection of constraints in this regime (p. 610). Proposition 3 marks a boundary: relative complete recourse by itself does not ensure that any extended affine rule is feasible.

The results are proved mathematically in the published paper and its electronic companion; the proofs of Theorems 1 and 4 are located in the companion, which is not held with this mission's source PDF. The Lean statements here are open proof obligations. A completed development would add reusable interfaces for free-variable linear recourse, SOC-supported moment ambiguity sets, lifted joint laws, and extended-real optimization values. It would also make the assumptions behind the paper's real-valued expectations and recourse costs explicit.

The hard point

Replacing the adaptive function y(z)y(z)y(z) by an affine function of zzz alone can fail even when the recourse LP is feasible for every realization: a single affine rule must satisfy every pointwise constraint simultaneously. Adding uuu enlarges the rule class, but the lifted support contains all u≥g(z)u\ge g(z)u≥g(z), not just u=g(z)u=g(z)u=g(z). Thus its feasibility condition is stronger than feasibility on a convenient graph. Theorem 4 asserts exactness despite that universal lifted-support constraint. The direct comparison β≤βE\beta\le\beta_Eβ≤βE​ does not by itself give the reverse inequality; the robust moment reformulation must describe the same worst-case value under its Slater and recourse hypotheses (§§2.2–3.1).

Formalization scope

Finite vectors are functions on Fin n, so the paper's indices 1,…,n1,\ldots,n1,…,n become zero-based. Laws are probability measures on finite real-vector spaces. The original and lifted ambiguity sets include integrability of all primary coordinates; the lifted set also includes integrability of all auxiliary coordinates, and the original set includes integrability of each gig_igi​. This is a finite-first-moment reading of the paper's expectations. It excludes laws whose constrained linear moments exist while an unconstrained coordinate has infinite absolute moment. These conditions ensure that expected affine rule costs are genuine. The paper's Theorem 3 itself explicitly asks for finite coordinate first moments.

The recourse LP is represented as a separate reusable definition with free yyy, constraints By≥tBy\ge tBy≥t, and dual feasibility p≥0p\ge0p≥0, B⊤p=dB^\top p=dB⊤p=d. Statements using its real value require primal and dual feasibility. Theorem 2 states primal feasibility on the support at its chosen xxx; Theorem 1 uses relative complete recourse on X×WX\times WX×W; Theorem 4 uses complete recourse for every right-hand side. Theorems 1 and 4 also state dual feasibility explicitly because primal feasibility alone does not ensure it. Assumption 1 is explicit in both, including equality between its cone representation and the previously defined Wˉ\bar WWˉ. Its bound u†<σu^\dagger<\sigmau†<σ means strict inequality in every auxiliary coordinate, and strict cone feasibility means membership in the interior of the product cone.

The values β\betaβ, βL\beta_LβL​, βE\beta_EβE​, and (9) lie in the extended reals. Each printed “min” is an infimum, and no optimizer is presumed. A value is never formed by subtracting infinities. The SOC support, the epigraphs, and all rule feasibility conditions retain their pointwise meanings. Neither an empty ambiguity set nor an impossible rule class is silently replaced by a favorable real default. Contributions to LP value regularity, integrability, moment duality, and SOC geometry are all useful beyond this mission. The goal must continue to compare the original β\betaβ with the actual lifted-rule value βE\beta_EβE​; replacing either by an easier surrogate would remove its content.

Selected references

  • Dimitris Bertsimas, Melvyn Sim, and Meixia Zhang, Adaptive Distributionally Robust Optimization, Management Science 65(2):604–618, 2019. DOI.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Analysis of Sampling-Based Decomposition Methods for Risk-Averse Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs 2: Subdifferential of the Value Function of a Convex ProgramResearch Paper

Why subgradients of value functions matter

Stochastic dual dynamic programming (SDDP) and related decomposition methods solve multistage stochastic programs by approximating each stage's recourse function from below by a maximum of affine cuts. Every cut needs a value and a slope: the value of a convex subproblem at a trial point, and a subgradient of that subproblem's optimal value as a function of the trial point. For linear subproblems the slope is a vector of dual multipliers. For convex subproblems in which the trial point enters the objective and the nonlinear constraints, the slope requires a formula for the subdifferential of the value function of a parametric convex program.

Vincent Guigues, in Convergence Analysis of Sampling-Based Decomposition Methods for Risk-Averse Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs (arXiv:1408.4439v4, SIAM J. Optim. 2016), states such a formula as Lemma 2.1 and announces it in the abstract and in contribution (C) as a result of independent interest. Earlier convergence proofs for convex SDDP (Girardeau, Leclère and Philpott, Math. Oper. Res. 2015) avoid the question by copying the trial point into new variables and linear constraints, so that only the classical formula for a value function of right-hand-side perturbations is needed. Lemma 2.1 removes that device.

This mission is the second in the series on Guigues' paper. The first mission formalizes the almost-sure convergence of the risk-averse algorithm (Theorem 4.1) and takes the subgradient property of cut slopes as part of its model, so the two missions are independent.

Setting

Write Rk\mathbb R^kRk for Euclidean space with the scalar product ⟨x,y⟩=x⊤y\langle x,y\rangle = x^\top y⟨x,y⟩=x⊤y, and pair Rm×Rn\mathbb R^m\times\mathbb R^nRm×Rn by ⟨(s,t),(x,y)⟩=⟨s,x⟩+⟨t,y⟩\langle (s,t),(x,y)\rangle=\langle s,x\rangle+\langle t,y\rangle⟨(s,t),(x,y)⟩=⟨s,x⟩+⟨t,y⟩. Let A∈Rq×mA\in\mathbb R^{q\times m}A∈Rq×m, B∈Rq×nB\in\mathbb R^{q\times n}B∈Rq×n, b∈Rqb\in\mathbb R^qb∈Rq, let f:Rm×Rn→R∪{+∞}f:\mathbb R^m\times\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}f:Rm×Rn→R∪{+∞}, let g=(g1,…,gp)g=(g_1,\dots,g_p)g=(g1​,…,gp​) be constraint functions on Rm×Rn\mathbb R^m\times\mathbb R^nRm×Rn, and let X⊆RmX\subseteq\mathbb R^mX⊆Rm and Y⊆RnY\subseteq\mathbb R^nY⊆Rn be nonempty, compact and convex. The value function (2.1) is

Q(x)=inf⁡{ f(x,y): y∈S(x) },S(x)={y∈Y: Ax+By=b, g(x,y)≤0},\mathcal Q(x)=\inf\{\,f(x,y):\ y\in S(x)\,\},\qquad S(x)=\{y\in Y:\ Ax+By=b,\ g(x,y)\le 0\},Q(x)=inf{f(x,y): y∈S(x)},S(x)={y∈Y: Ax+By=b, g(x,y)≤0},

defined for every x∈Rmx\in\mathbb R^mx∈Rm, with Q(x)=+∞\mathcal Q(x)=+\inftyQ(x)=+∞ when S(x)=∅S(x)=\emptysetS(x)=∅. The solution set is Sol⁡(x)={y∈S(x):f(x,y)=Q(x)}\operatorname{Sol}(x)=\{y\in S(x): f(x,y)=\mathcal Q(x)\}Sol(x)={y∈S(x):f(x,y)=Q(x)} and the active set is I(x,y)={i:gi(x,y)=0}I(x,y)=\{i: g_i(x,y)=0\}I(x,y)={i:gi​(x,y)=0}.

The subdifferential of an extended-real function hhh at z0z_0z0​ is ∂h(z0)={s:h(z0)∈R, h(z)≥h(z0)+⟨s,z−z0⟩ ∀z}\partial h(z_0)=\{s: h(z_0)\in\mathbb R,\ h(z)\ge h(z_0)+\langle s,z-z_0\rangle\ \forall z\}∂h(z0​)={s:h(z0​)∈R, h(z)≥h(z0​)+⟨s,z−z0​⟩ ∀z}, and the normal cone of a set CCC at z0∈Cz_0\in Cz0​∈C is NC(z0)={v:⟨v,z−z0⟩≤0 ∀z∈C}\mathcal N_C(z_0)=\{v:\langle v,z-z_0\rangle\le0\ \forall z\in C\}NC​(z0​)={v:⟨v,z−z0​⟩≤0 ∀z∈C}. The Lagrangian dual (2.3) maximizes

θx(λ,μ)=inf⁡y∈Y f(x,y)+λ⊤(Ax+By−b)+μ⊤g(x,y)\theta_x(\lambda,\mu)=\inf_{y\in Y}\ f(x,y)+\lambda^\top(Ax+By-b)+\mu^\top g(x,y)θx​(λ,μ)=y∈Yinf​ f(x,y)+λ⊤(Ax+By−b)+μ⊤g(x,y)

over λ∈Rq\lambda\in\mathbb R^qλ∈Rq, μ∈R+p\mu\in\mathbb R^p_+μ∈R+p​; its solution set is Λ(x)\Lambda(x)Λ(x).

Assumption (H): fff is lower semicontinuous, proper and convex; each gig_igi​ is convex and lower semicontinuous with values in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}; and Xε×Y⊆dom⁡fX^\varepsilon\times Y\subseteq\operatorname{dom} fXε×Y⊆domf for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, where Xε=X+εBmX^\varepsilon=X+\varepsilon B_mXε=X+εBm​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 2.1, formula (2.4), repaired

Assume (H) and the repaired Slater condition: every gig_igi​ is real-valued (R1), and there is (xˉ,yˉ)∈X×ri⁡(Y)(\bar x,\bar y)\in X\times\operatorname{ri}(Y)(xˉ,yˉ​)∈X×ri(Y) with Axˉ+Byˉ=bA\bar x+B\bar y=bAxˉ+Byˉ​=b, gi(xˉ,yˉ)<0g_i(\bar x,\bar y)<0gi​(xˉ,yˉ​)<0 for all iii (R2), and (xˉ,yˉ)∈ri⁡(dom⁡f)(\bar x,\bar y)\in\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom} f)(xˉ,yˉ​)∈ri(domf) (R3). For x0∈Xx_0\in Xx0​∈X with S(x0)≠∅S(x_0)\ne\emptysetS(x0​)=∅, the set Sol⁡(x0)\operatorname{Sol}(x_0)Sol(x0​) is nonempty and for every y0∈Sol⁡(x0)y_0\in\operatorname{Sol}(x_0)y0​∈Sol(x0​)

s∈∂Q(x0)  ⟺  (s,0)∈∂f(x0,y0)+{[A⊤;B⊤]λ}+{∑i∈I(x0,y0)μi ∂gi(x0,y0):μi≥0}+{0}×NY(y0).s\in\partial\mathcal Q(x_0)\iff (s,0)\in\partial f(x_0,y_0)+\{[A^\top;B^\top]\lambda\}+\Big\{\sum_{i\in I(x_0,y_0)}\mu_i\,\partial g_i(x_0,y_0):\mu_i\ge0\Big\}+\{0\}\times\mathcal N_Y(y_0).s∈∂Q(x0​)⟺(s,0)∈∂f(x0​,y0​)+{[A⊤;B⊤]λ}+{i∈I(x0​,y0​)∑​μi​∂gi​(x0​,y0​):μi​≥0}+{0}×NY​(y0​).

Differentiable case

If fff and the gig_igi​ are real-valued, convex and differentiable, then under (R2)

∂Q(x0)={∇xf(x0,y0)+A⊤λ+∑i∈I(x0,y0)μi∇xgi(x0,y0): (λ,μ)∈Λ(x0)}.\partial\mathcal Q(x_0)=\Big\{\nabla_x f(x_0,y_0)+A^\top\lambda+\sum_{i\in I(x_0,y_0)}\mu_i\nabla_x g_i(x_0,y_0):\ (\lambda,\mu)\in\Lambda(x_0)\Big\}.∂Q(x0​)={∇x​f(x0​,y0​)+A⊤λ+i∈I(x0​,y0​)∑​μi​∇x​gi​(x0​,y0​): (λ,μ)∈Λ(x0​)}.

Steps of the proof (milestones)

  1. Q(x)=inf⁡yf(x,y)+IGr⁡(S)(x,y)\mathcal Q(x)=\inf_y f(x,y)+\mathbb I_{\operatorname{Gr}(S)}(x,y)Q(x)=infy​f(x,y)+IGr(S)​(x,y), and s∈∂Q(x0)  ⟺  (s,0)∈∂(f+IGr⁡(S))(x0,y0)s\in\partial\mathcal Q(x_0)\iff(s,0)\in\partial(f+\mathbb I_{\operatorname{Gr}(S)})(x_0,y_0)s∈∂Q(x0​)⟺(s,0)∈∂(f+IGr(S)​)(x0​,y0​) — (2.5).
  2. The sum rule ∂(f+IGr⁡(S))=∂f+NGr⁡(S)\partial(f+\mathbb I_{\operatorname{Gr}(S)})=\partial f+\mathcal N_{\operatorname{Gr}(S)}∂(f+IGr(S)​)=∂f+NGr(S)​ under (2.6) — (2.5)-(a).
  3. NGr⁡(S)=NC1+NC2+NRm×Y\mathcal N_{\operatorname{Gr}(S)}=\mathcal N_{C_1}+\mathcal N_{C_2}+\mathcal N_{\mathbb R^m\times Y}NGr(S)​=NC1​​+NC2​​+NRm×Y​ and NRm×Y={0}×NY\mathcal N_{\mathbb R^m\times Y}=\{0\}\times\mathcal N_YNRm×Y​={0}×NY​.
  4. NC1(x0,y0)={(A⊤λ,B⊤λ)}\mathcal N_{C_1}(x_0,y_0)=\{(A^\top\lambda,B^\top\lambda)\}NC1​​(x0​,y0​)={(A⊤λ,B⊤λ)}.
  5. NC2(x0,y0)={∑i∈Iμi∂gi(x0,y0):μi≥0}\mathcal N_{C_2}(x_0,y_0)=\{\sum_{i\in I}\mu_i\partial g_i(x_0,y_0):\mu_i\ge0\}NC2​​(x0​,y0​)={∑i∈I​μi​∂gi​(x0​,y0​):μi​≥0} (repaired).
  6. Primal-dual solutions satisfy (2.7)-(b), and (2.7)-(b) with μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0 yields (λ,μ)∈Λ(x0)(\lambda,\mu)\in\Lambda(x_0)(λ,μ)∈Λ(x0​).
  7. The differentiable case above.

Significance

Formula (2.4) yields cut slopes for SDDP applied to convex multistage programs directly from a primal solution and multipliers of the stage subproblem, without auxiliary copies of the state, and it is the source of the subgradient property used in the convergence analysis of the paper's Algorithm 1. The differentiable case is the form an implementation uses: any optimal dual pair gives a subgradient, and every subgradient arises this way.

For formalization, the result is a self-contained piece of finite-dimensional convex analysis: infimal projection, the subdifferential sum rule under a relative-interior condition, normal cones of intersections, of affine sets and of convex sublevel sets, and Lagrangian duality under Slater's condition. None of these steps is in Mathlib in the extended-real form needed here. No machine-checked proof of Lemma 2.1 or of its differentiable case exists. The platform has Shor's subgradient formula for value functions (ShorNonsmooth.Decomposition.value_function_convex_and_subgradient, subgradient_formula, subgradient_formula_differentiable, proved). Those statements cover real-valued data with inequality constraints only and prove one inclusion. They have no equality block Ax+By=bAx+By=bAx+By=b, no set YYY and no converse, so they are related to this mission but are not instances of it.

Difficulty

The printed lemma is false. Two steps of its proof fail. First, the formula for NC2\mathcal N_{C_2}NC2​​ needs a strict Slater point: for g(x,y)=y2g(x,y)=y^2g(x,y)=y2, C2=R×{0}C_2=\mathbb R\times\{0\}C2​=R×{0} equals its own relative interior, but NC2(0,0)={0}×R\mathcal N_{C_2}(0,0)=\{0\}\times\mathbb RNC2​​(0,0)={0}×R is not generated by ∂g(0,0)={0}\partial g(0,0)=\{0\}∂g(0,0)={0}. With f(x,y)=yf(x,y)=yf(x,y)=y, X=Y=[−1,1]X=Y=[-1,1]X=Y=[−1,1] and A=B=0A=B=0A=B=0, all printed hypotheses hold, Q≡0\mathcal Q\equiv0Q≡0, and no sss satisfies (2.4). Second, Xε×Y⊆dom⁡fX^\varepsilon\times Y\subseteq\operatorname{dom} fXε×Y⊆domf does not give ri⁡(Xε×Y)⊆ri⁡(dom⁡f)\operatorname{ri}(X^\varepsilon\times Y)\subseteq\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom}f)ri(Xε×Y)⊆ri(domf): with Y={0}Y=\{0\}Y={0}, g≡−1g\equiv-1g≡−1 and f(x,y)=−yf(x,y)=-\sqrt yf(x,y)=−y​, ∂f(x0,0)=∅\partial f(x_0,0)=\emptyset∂f(x0​,0)=∅ while ∂Q(x0)={0}\partial\mathcal Q(x_0)=\{0\}∂Q(x0​)={0}. The repair (R1)–(R3) adds hypotheses and leaves every step of the printed proof valid.

The remaining work is the relative-interior calculus. The sum rule and the intersection formula for normal cones hold only under qualification conditions phrased with relative interiors, and the converse direction of (2.4) needs that the qualification passes from (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x,\bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​) to Gr⁡(S)\operatorname{Gr}(S)Gr(S). A proof that uses only interiors fails as soon as YYY is lower-dimensional, which the hypotheses allow.

Formalization scope

Vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k). The product Rm×Rn\mathbb R^m\times\mathbb R^nRm×Rn is the Lean product type, and subgradients and normal cones on it use the explicit pairing ⟨s,x⟩+⟨t,y⟩\langle s,x\rangle+\langle t,y\rangle⟨s,x⟩+⟨t,y⟩. No norm of the product is involved. Extended values are EReal. Q\mathcal QQ is an EReal infimum on all of Rm\mathbb R^mRm, and ∂Q(x0)\partial\mathcal Q(x_0)∂Q(x0​) is its subdifferential on Rm\mathbb R^mRm, not relative to XXX. An encoding of Q\mathcal QQ on XXX only, or of ∂Q\partial\mathcal Q∂Q relative to XXX, would describe a different function, whose subdifferential is unbounded at boundary points of XXX; it is excluded. Subdifferentials require a finite value at the base point, so the equivalence cannot hold vacuously at a point where a function is +∞+\infty+∞. XεX^\varepsilonXε is Metric.cthickening ε X; relative interiors are intrinsicInterior ℝ. Indices are 0-based (Fin p, Fin q). The sums in (2.4) are written with explicit witnesses μi≥0\mu_i\ge0μi​≥0, wi∈∂giw_i\in\partial g_iwi​∈∂gi​ indexed by the active set, which avoids the convention 0⋅∅=∅0\cdot\emptyset=\emptyset0⋅∅=∅.

Repaired statements, each labelled "(repaired)" in its title:

  • Lemma 2.1 (2.4): adds (R1) real-valued gig_igi​, (R2) strict Slater point, (R3) Slater point in ri⁡(dom⁡f)\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom}f)ri(domf), and concludes Sol⁡(x0)≠∅\operatorname{Sol}(x_0)\ne\emptysetSol(x0​)=∅, which the printed "where y0y_0y0​ is any element" presupposes.
  • NC2\mathcal N_{C_2}NC2​​ formula: assumes (R1) and (R2) instead of a point of ri⁡(C2)\operatorname{ri}(C_2)ri(C2​).
  • Differentiable case: "fff and ggg differentiable" is read as real-valued and differentiable on the whole space, and (R2) replaces the printed condition.

The sum-rule milestone keeps (2.6) as a hypothesis, as the page states it. The dual-solution milestone reads "primal-dual solution" as y0∈Sol⁡(x0)y_0\in\operatorname{Sol}(x_0)y0​∈Sol(x0​), (λ,μ)∈Λ(x0)(\lambda,\mu)\in\Lambda(x_0)(λ,μ)∈Λ(x0​) with zero duality gap, assumes only primal feasibility of y0y_0y0​ for the converse (as the page does), and extends μ\muμ by zero outside the active set.

A complete development needs: the subdifferential sum rule for proper convex extended-real functions under a relative-interior condition; normal cones of intersections of convex sets with one affine set; normal cones of sublevel sets of finite convex functions under Slater's condition; existence of minimizers of lower semicontinuous functions on compact sets; and a zero-duality-gap (minimax) theorem for Lagrangians of convex programs over a compact convex set. These are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions of any of these lemmas, in the generality of an arbitrary finite-dimensional inner product space, are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Guigues, Convergence Analysis of Sampling-Based Decomposition Methods for Risk-Averse Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs, arXiv:1408.4439v4, 2016; SIAM J. Optim. 26(4), 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1408.4439
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970 (Theorems 23.8, 24(a), 28.2; Corollary 23.8.1). https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
  • P. Girardeau, V. Leclère, A. B. Philpott, On the Convergence of Decomposition Methods for Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs, Math. Oper. Res. 40(1), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0664
  • M. V. F. Pereira, L. M. V. G. Pinto, Multi-stage stochastic optimization applied to energy planning, Math. Programming 52, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582895
  • N. Z. Shor, Nondifferentiable Optimization and Polynomial Problems, Kluwer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-6015-6
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Analysis of Sampling-Based Decomposition Methods for Risk-Averse Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs 1: Almost Sure Convergence of the Risk-Averse Sampling-Based Decomposition AlgorithmResearch Paper

Motivation

Multistage stochastic programs model sequential decisions under uncertainty: hydro-thermal scheduling, portfolio management and capacity planning are standard examples. Their dynamic programming equations involve recourse functions (cost-to-go functions) of the decision history, which cannot be computed exactly. Stochastic Dual Dynamic Programming (SDDP), introduced by Pereira and Pinto in 1991, approximates each recourse function from below by a maximum of affine cuts, built at trial points generated by simulating sampled scenarios. SDDP is the method of choice in the energy industry for long-horizon stochastic planning.

Two extensions motivate this mission. Risk-averse planning replaces the expectation at each stage by a coherent risk measure (for instance the Conditional Value-at-Risk), and many applications have convex but nonlinear stage problems. Guigues (2016) proves that the risk-averse sampling algorithm for convex stage problems converges almost surely.

Timeline.

  • 1991: Pereira and Pinto introduce SDDP for linear multistage problems.
  • 2008: Philpott and Guan prove almost sure finite convergence of SDDP-type methods for linear problems with finitely many scenarios.
  • 2011: Shapiro analyses the sample-average SDDP method and formulates its risk-averse variant with nested conditional risk measures; 2013: Philpott, de Matos and Finardi treat SDDP with coherent risk measures in dual form.
  • 2015: Girardeau, Leclère and Philpott prove almost sure (asymptotic) convergence of sampling-based decomposition methods for risk-neutral multistage stochastic convex programs.
  • 2016: Guigues extends that analysis to risk-averse problems in dual form, with nonlinear constraints and interstage independent processes (arXiv:1408.4439, SIAM J. Optim.); the convergence theorem is Theorem 4.1.

Setting

There are TTT stages with decisions xt∈Rnx_t\in\mathbb R^nxt​∈Rn and a given x0x_0x0​. A history x1:t=(x1,…,xt)x_{1:t}=(x_1,\dots,x_t)x1:t​=(x1​,…,xt​) is identified with the vector [x1;… ;xt]∈Rnt[x_1;\dots;x_t]\in\mathbb R^{nt}[x1​;…;xt​]∈Rnt with its Euclidean norm. The random data ξt\xi_tξt​ are interstage independent (H1). For t≥2t\ge2t≥2, ξt\xi_tξt​ takes MMM values ξt,1,…,ξt,M\xi_{t,1},\dots,\xi_{t,M}ξt,1​,…,ξt,M​ with probabilities Φt,j>0\Phi_{t,j}>0Φt,j​>0, and ξ1\xi_1ξ1​ is deterministic. A realization ξt,j\xi_{t,j}ξt,j​ consists of a cost ft(⋅,Ψt,j)f_t(\cdot,\Psi_{t,j})ft​(⋅,Ψt,j​) with values in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}, convex constraints gt(x0,⋅,Ψt,j)≤0g_t(x_0,\cdot,\Psi_{t,j})\le0gt​(x0​,⋅,Ψt,j​)≤0 and linear constraints ∑τ=0tAt,τ,jxτ=bt,j\sum_{\tau=0}^tA_{t,\tau,j}x_\tau=b_{t,j}∑τ=0t​At,τ,j​xτ​=bt,j​. Together with a compact set Xt\mathcal X_tXt​, they define the feasible set Xt(x0:t−1,ξt,j)X_t(x_{0:t-1},\xi_{t,j})Xt​(x0:t−1​,ξt,j​).

The risk measure of stage ttt is given in dual form,

ρt(Z)=sup⁡p∈Pt∑j=1MpjΦt,jZj,Pt⊆Dt={p≥0:∑jpjΦt,j=1}.\rho_t(Z)=\sup_{p\in\mathcal P_t}\sum_{j=1}^Mp_j\Phi_{t,j}Z_j,\qquad \mathcal P_t\subseteq\mathcal D_t=\Big\{p\ge0:\sum_jp_j\Phi_{t,j}=1\Big\}.ρt​(Z)=p∈Pt​sup​j=1∑M​pj​Φt,j​Zj​,Pt​⊆Dt​={p≥0:j∑​pj​Φt,j​=1}.

The recourse functions satisfy QT+1≡0\mathcal Q_{T+1}\equiv0QT+1​≡0 and, for t=T,…,2t=T,\dots,2t=T,…,2,

Qt(x1:t−1,ξt,j)=inf⁡xt∈Xt(x0:t−1,ξt,j)ft(x1:t,Ψt,j)+Qt+1(x1:t),Qt(x1:t−1)=ρt(Qt(x1:t−1,ξt)).\mathfrak Q_t(x_{1:t-1},\xi_{t,j})=\inf_{x_t\in X_t(x_{0:t-1},\xi_{t,j})}f_t(x_{1:t},\Psi_{t,j})+\mathcal Q_{t+1}(x_{1:t}),\qquad \mathcal Q_t(x_{1:t-1})=\rho_t\big(\mathfrak Q_t(x_{1:t-1},\xi_t)\big).Qt​(x1:t−1​,ξt,j​)=xt​∈Xt​(x0:t−1​,ξt,j​)inf​ft​(x1:t​,Ψt,j​)+Qt+1​(x1:t​),Qt​(x1:t−1​)=ρt​(Qt​(x1:t−1​,ξt​)).

The first-stage value is Q1(x0)=Q1(x0,ξ1)\mathcal Q_1(x_0)=\mathfrak Q_1(x_0,\xi_1)Q1​(x0​)=Q1​(x0​,ξ1​). Assumption (H2) requires convexity, lower semicontinuity and properness of the data, and fixes an ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 such that the costs are finite and the feasible sets nonempty on the ε\varepsilonε-fattening [X1×⋯×Xt−1]ε[\mathcal X_1\times\dots\times\mathcal X_{t-1}]^\varepsilon[X1​×⋯×Xt−1​]ε. It also asks for a relative-interior point of the nonlinear constraints.

Algorithm 1 keeps cutting-plane models Qtk\mathcal Q^k_tQtk​, starting from Qt0≡−∞\mathcal Q^0_t\equiv-\inftyQt0​≡−∞. At iteration kkk it computes decisions xmkx^k_mxmk​ at every node mmm of the scenario tree, by solving the stage problems with Qt+1k−1\mathcal Q^{k-1}_{t+1}Qt+1k−1​ in place of Qt+1\mathcal Q_{t+1}Qt+1​. It then samples one scenario n1k,…,nTkn^k_1,\dots,n^k_Tn1k​,…,nTk​, with indices ξtk\xi^k_tξtk​ satisfying the independence assumption (H3), and adds at each sampled node one cut

θtk+⟨βtk, ⋅−x[nt−1k]k⟩,θtk=∑mpk,mΦmQtk−1(x[n]k,ξm),βtk=∑mpk,mΦmπk,m.\theta^k_t+\langle\beta^k_t,\,\cdot-x^k_{[n^k_{t-1}]}\rangle,\qquad \theta^k_t=\sum_mp_{k,m}\Phi_m\mathfrak Q^{k-1}_t(x^k_{[n]},\xi_m),\quad\beta^k_t=\sum_mp_{k,m}\Phi_m\pi_{k,m}.θtk​+⟨βtk​,⋅−x[nt−1k​]k​⟩,θtk​=m∑​pk,m​Φm​Qtk−1​(x[n]k​,ξm​),βtk​=m∑​pk,m​Φm​πk,m​.

Here pkp^kpk attains the supremum in ρt\rho_tρt​, and πk,m\pi_{k,m}πk,m​ is a subgradient of Qtk−1(⋅,ξm)\mathfrak Q^{k-1}_t(\cdot,\xi_m)Qtk−1​(⋅,ξm​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (p. 12)

Almost surely, for t=2,…,T+1t=2,\dots,T+1t=2,…,T+1 and every node nnn of stage t−1t-1t−1,

lim⁡k→∞Qt(x[n]k)−Qtk(x[n]k)=0.\lim_{k\to\infty}\mathcal Q_t(x^k_{[n]})-\mathcal Q^k_t(x^k_{[n]})=0.k→∞lim​Qt​(x[n]k​)−Qtk​(x[n]k​)=0.

Almost surely, moreover, Q1k(x0,ξ1)→Q1(x0)\mathfrak Q^k_1(x_0,\xi_1)\to\mathcal Q_1(x_0)Q1k​(x0​,ξ1​)→Q1​(x0​), and every accumulation point of the first-stage decisions (x1k)(x^k_1)(x1k​) is an optimal solution of the first-stage problem.

Milestones

  • Proposition 2.2: subgradient bound ∥s∥≤(M0−m0)/ε\|s\|\le(M_0-m_0)/\varepsilon∥s∥≤(M0​−m0​)/ε for the value function of a convex program.
  • Proposition 3.1: Qt\mathcal Q_tQt​ is convex, finite and continuous on [X1×⋯×Xt−1]ε^[\mathcal X_1\times\dots\times\mathcal X_{t-1}]^{\hat\varepsilon}[X1​×⋯×Xt−1​]ε^, 0<ε^<ε0<\hat\varepsilon<\varepsilon0<ε^<ε.
  • Lemma 3.2: valid cuts Qtk≤Qt\mathcal Q^k_t\le\mathcal Q_tQtk​≤Qt​, bounded cut coefficients and slopes, and Lipschitz models for k≥T−t+1k\ge T-t+1k≥T−t+1.
  • Lemma 3.4: Qtk(x[nt−1k]k)=θtk\mathcal Q^k_t(x^k_{[n^k_{t-1}]})=\theta^k_tQtk​(x[nt−1k​]k​)=θtk​.
  • Lemma 3.5: a uniform Lipschitz constant LLL for the models.
  • (4.26), (4.28), (4.29), (4.31): the steps of the proof of Theorem 4.1. These are the error propagation along the tree, the limit along the iterations through a node, the almost sure limit along the other iterations, and the first-stage bound.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 guarantees that the algorithm's lower bound Q1k(x0,ξ1)\mathfrak Q^k_1(x_0,\xi_1)Q1k​(x0​,ξ1​) converges to the true risk-averse optimal value, and that its first-stage decisions approach optimal ones. It covers nonlinear convex stages, where finite convergence arguments for polyhedral problems do not apply. It also covers every risk measure with a dual representation, including CV@R and its combinations with expectation. Practitioners rely on this to justify stopping rules based on the lower bound.

The result is proved on paper. To our knowledge neither Theorem 4.1 nor its risk-neutral counterpart (Girardeau–Leclère–Philpott, Theorem 3.1) has been machine-checked; the risk-neutral statements are posed, unproved, on this platform. A formalization would check a proof that combines convex analysis (value functions of convex programs, subgradient bounds, Lipschitz continuity on fattenings), cutting-plane bookkeeping and a probabilistic argument (strong law of large numbers along a predictable subsequence).

Difficulty

The cuts are built only along sampled scenarios, so at a given node the approximation is refined only at the iterations whose scenario passes through it. The obvious induction argument controls the error Qt−Qtk\mathcal Q_t-\mathcal Q^k_tQt​−Qtk​ only along those iterations. Extending it to all iterations is the probabilistic core (4.29). It needs the samples to be independent of everything the algorithm has computed so far, and it needs a strong law of large numbers along the subsequence of iterations at which the error is still large. A second difficulty is passing from the current model Qt+1k\mathcal Q^k_{t+1}Qt+1k​ to the previous one Qt+1k−1\mathcal Q^{k-1}_{t+1}Qt+1k−1​. This needs uniform Lipschitz bounds on the models (Lemmas 3.2, 3.5), which in turn rest on the fattening in (H2) and on the subgradient bound of Proposition 2.2.

Formalization scope

  • Histories and norms. Histories are L2L^2L2 products of copies of Rn\mathbb R^nRn (PiLp 2), so fattenings, inner products and Lipschitz constants use the Euclidean norm on Rn(t−1)\mathbb R^{n(t-1)}Rn(t−1). Fattenings are closed thickenings.
  • Extended reals. Values are in EReal, infima are +∞+\infty+∞ on empty feasible sets, and weights pjΦt,jp_j\Phi_{t,j}pj​Φt,j​ are real numbers (with 0⋅(±∞)=00\cdot(\pm\infty)=00⋅(±∞)=0). Limits of gaps are taken in EReal, so that convergence to 000 forces the gaps to become finite.
  • Data and indices. The recourse functions are constructed by the backward recursion from the data. The scenario tree is the product tree indexed by histories of realization indices, so (H1) is built into the model. Stage 1 uses the data of the first realization index.
  • Runs. A run is pinned to fixed deterministic choice rules (minimizers, maximizing pkp^kpk, subgradients), so it uses only present and past samples. The goal holds for every choice of rules.
  • Departures from the printed text, disclosed in the items.
    • The cut slope πk,m\pi_{k,m}πk,m​ is any subgradient of Qtk−1(⋅,ξm)\mathfrak Q^{k-1}_t(\cdot,\xi_m)Qtk−1​(⋅,ξm​). The printed formula on p. 9 uses a partial subgradient of ftf_tft​, which is not a subgradient when ftf_tft​ is nonsmooth, and the proof only uses the subgradient property.
    • Pt≠∅\mathcal P_t\ne\emptysetPt​=∅ is assumed; it is implicit, because ρt\rho_tρt​ is a real-valued coherent risk measure.
    • In Proposition 2.2, M0M_0M0​ is an extended-real supremum. The proof's claim that M0M_0M0​ is finite does not follow from lower semicontinuity.
    • Lemma 3.2's vacuous "almost surely" is dropped.
    • One ε\varepsilonε serves all stages in (H2).
  • Ruled out. A formalization in which the decisions or cuts ignore the models, or in which Pt=∅\mathcal P_t=\emptysetPt​=∅ or every stage value is +∞+\infty+∞, would make the limits trivial. The decisions must minimize against Qt+1k−1\mathcal Q^{k-1}_{t+1}Qt+1k−1​, the cut must use the attained supremum, and the companion item run_exists shows that under (H2), with closed Pt\mathcal P_tPt​, rules producing a run exist for every sample path.
  • Infrastructure and contributions. A complete development needs value functions of parametric convex programs, subgradient bounds for convex functions on fattenings, Lipschitz continuity of finite maxima of affine functions, and a strong law of large numbers along predictably selected subsequences (Lemma A.3 of Girardeau–Leclère–Philpott). The last two are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone, or to these general lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Guigues, Convergence analysis of sampling-based decomposition methods for risk-averse multistage stochastic convex programs, SIAM J. Optim. 26(4), 2016; preprint arXiv:1408.4439v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1408.4439
  • P. Girardeau, V. Leclère, A. B. Philpott, On the convergence of decomposition methods for multistage stochastic convex programs, Math. Oper. Res. 40(1), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0664
  • M. V. F. Pereira, L. M. V. G. Pinto, Multi-stage stochastic optimization applied to energy planning, Math. Program. 52, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582895
  • A. B. Philpott, Z. Guan, On the convergence of stochastic dual dynamic programming and related methods, Oper. Res. Lett. 36(4), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orl.2008.01.013
  • A. B. Philpott, V. L. de Matos, E. Finardi, On solving multistage stochastic programs with coherent risk measures, Oper. Res. 61(4), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2013.1175
  • A. Shapiro, Analysis of stochastic dual dynamic programming method, European J. Oper. Res. 209(1), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2010.08.007
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dual Dynamic Integer Programming 1: With Valid, Tight and Finite Cuts, Stochastic Nested Decomposition Finds an Optimal Solution in Finitely Many Iterations with Probability OneResearch Paper

Motivation

Multistage stochastic programs model decisions taken over time while uncertain data are revealed: generation scheduling in hydro-thermal power systems, capacity expansion, unit commitment, portfolio management. When the uncertainty is represented by a finite scenario tree, the problem becomes one very large deterministic program, and decomposition algorithms solve it stage by stage. For linear problems the standard methods are nested Benders decomposition and its sampling variant, stochastic dual dynamic programming (SDDP), introduced by Pereira and Pinto (1991). Both rely on the convexity of the value functions, which they approximate from below by linear cuts.

Many applications need integer decisions (on/off status of generators, investment choices), and integer variables destroy convexity. Zou, Ahmed and Sun (Math. Program. 175 (2019) 461–502) observed that when the state variables passed between stages are binary, exact convex polyhedral representations still exist on the binary points. They proposed stochastic nested decomposition (SND) and its stage-wise independent special case SDDiP, and identified three properties of cuts (valid, tight, finite) under which the algorithms converge. This mission formalizes that convergence theorem, Theorem 2 of the paper.

Timeline. Birge (1985) gave nested decomposition for multistage linear programs; Pereira and Pinto (1991) introduced SDDP. Philpott and Guan (2008) proved almost sure finite convergence of SDDP-type methods for linear problems, and Girardeau, Leclère and Philpott (2015) extended convergence to convex problems. Zou, Ahmed and Sun (2019) proved finite convergence with probability one for mixed integer problems with binary states and abstract valid, tight and finite cuts, and showed that their Lagrangian cuts have the first two properties.

Setting

Let T\mathcal TT be a scenario tree with stages 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T, root 111, parent map a(n)a(n)a(n) and children C(n)\mathcal C(n)C(n). The nodes of the last stage are the scenarios. Node probabilities satisfy pn>0p_n>0pn​>0, p1=1p_1=1p1​=1, and pn=∑m∈C(n)pmp_n=\sum_{m\in\mathcal C(n)}p_mpn​=∑m∈C(n)​pm​ before the last stage, and qnm=pm/pnq_{nm}=p_m/p_nqnm​=pm​/pn​. Each node has a linear cost fn(xn,yn)f_n(x_n,y_n)fn​(xn​,yn​) and a nonempty compact mixed integer polyhedral set XnX_nXn​ (assumption (A1)). The state xn∈{0,1}dx_n\in\{0,1\}^dxn​∈{0,1}d is binary, the local variables yny_nyn​ are general, and the root's parent state xˉ0\bar x_0xˉ0​ is fixed. The problem in local-copy form (2.1) is

min⁡∑n∈Tpnfn(xn,yn)s.t.(zn,xn,yn)∈Xn, zn=xa(n), xn∈{0,1}d.\min\sum_{n\in\mathcal T}p_nf_n(x_n,y_n)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad(z_n,x_n,y_n)\in X_n,\ z_n=x_{a(n)},\ x_n\in\{0,1\}^d .minn∈T∑​pn​fn​(xn​,yn​)s.t.(zn​,xn​,yn​)∈Xn​, zn​=xa(n)​, xn​∈{0,1}d.

Its value functions satisfy the recursion (2.3): Qn(xa(n))=min⁡{fn(xn,yn)+Qn(xn)}Q_n(x_{a(n)})=\min\{f_n(x_n,y_n)+\mathcal Q_n(x_n)\}Qn​(xa(n)​)=min{fn​(xn​,yn​)+Qn​(xn​)} over the nodal feasible set, with the expected cost-to-go function Qn(x)=∑m∈C(n)qnmQm(x)\mathcal Q_n(x)=\sum_{m\in\mathcal C(n)}q_{nm}Q_m(x)Qn​(x)=∑m∈C(n)​qnm​Qm​(x).

The SND algorithm keeps an under-approximation ψni\psi^i_nψni​ of each Qn\mathcal Q_nQn​: the maximum of a lower bound LnL_nLn​ and the aggregated cuts ∑m∈C(n)qnm(vmℓ+(πmℓ)⊤x)\sum_{m\in\mathcal C(n)}q_{nm}(v^\ell_m+(\pi^\ell_m)^\top x)∑m∈C(n)​qnm​(vmℓ​+(πmℓ​)⊤x) collected so far (3.2). Each iteration iii samples MMM scenarios with replacement. In the forward step it solves the nodal problems Pni(xa(n)i,ψni)P^i_n(x^i_{a(n)},\psi^i_n)Pni​(xa(n)i​,ψni​) from the root down, which yields the forward tree solution {(xni,yni)}\{(x^i_n,y^i_n)\}{(xni​,yni​)} of (3.6). In the backward step, at every sampled node it generates one cut per child at the state xnix^i_nxni​ and adds their aggregate to ψn\psi_nψn​. Cuts are valid if Qm(x)≥vmi+(πmi)⊤xQ_m(x)\ge v^i_m+(\pi^i_m)^\top xQm​(x)≥vmi​+(πmi​)⊤x on {0,1}d\{0,1\}^d{0,1}d (3.4). They are tight if they equal the value Q‾mi(xni,ψmi+1)\underline Q^i_m(x^i_n,\psi^{i+1}_m)Q​mi​(xni​,ψmi+1​) of the child's updated nodal problem at xnix^i_nxni​ (3.5). They are finite if only finitely many distinct cuts occur. Assumption (A3) requires the nodal solver to return the same optimal solution whenever it is given the same problem.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 474)

With sampling with replacement, valid, tight and finite cuts, and a solver satisfying (A3), the following holds with probability one:

∃ i0  ∀i≥i0:{(xni,yni)}n∈T is an optimal solution of (2.1).\exists\, i_0\ \ \forall i\ge i_0:\quad \{(x^i_n,y^i_n)\}_{n\in\mathcal T}\ \text{is an optimal solution of (2.1)}.∃i0​  ∀i≥i0​:{(xni​,yni​)}n∈T​ is an optimal solution of (2.1).

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Valid cuts give under-approximations, ψni≤Qn\psi^i_n\le\mathcal Q_nψni​≤Qn​ and Q‾ni≤Qn\underline Q^i_n\le Q_nQ​ni​≤Qn​ (proof of Claim 1, p. 475).
  2. Claim 1: if ψni(xni)=Qn(xni)\psi^i_n(x^i_n)=\mathcal Q_n(x^i_n)ψni​(xni​)=Qn​(xni​) for all nnn, the forward solution is optimal for (2.1) (p. 475).
  3. With finitely many possible cuts, the approximations {ψni}\{\psi^i_n\}{ψni​} change only in finitely many iterations (pp. 474–475).
  4. (3.8a)–(3.8f): a sampled node whose children are exact becomes exact after its backward step (p. 476).
  5. Under sampling with replacement, every scenario is sampled in infinitely many iterations, almost surely (p. 476).
  6. Claim 2: almost surely, no infinite block of unchanged approximations has a non-optimal forward solution (p. 475).

Significance

Theorem 2 separates the convergence of nested decomposition from the choice of cuts. Any cut family with the three properties yields an exact algorithm for multistage stochastic integer programs with binary states. The paper verifies the properties for integer optimality cuts and, through its Theorem 3, shows that Lagrangian cuts from the local-copy reformulation are valid and tight. The convergence of SDDiP, the variant used in computations, follows from the same theorem, and binary expansion of general integer states extends the reach to mixed integer state spaces.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof exists. A formal development would turn its informal points into checked statements: that the minima are attained, that the DP recursion is equivalent to the extensive form, and that the finiteness of cuts is global. It would also supply a reusable framework (scenario trees with node probabilities, cut-based approximations, sampled runs) for the convergence theory of SDDP-type methods.

Difficulty

No single step is deep; the difficulty is the interaction of the pieces. A tempting argument says the approximations stop changing, so the algorithm stops at an optimum. But a stalled run need not be optimal: if a node at which ψn\psi_nψn​ is inexact is never sampled again, nothing changes and the forward solution stays suboptimal. The proof must therefore combine three things: the deterministic finiteness of changes, an almost sure statement about sampling, and the exactness chain (3.8). That chain depends on tightness with respect to the updated approximation of the child, and it fails if tightness refers to the approximation from before the backward step. The equivalence between optimality for the DP recursion and for the extensive form (2.1), used without proof in Claim 1, also requires a backward induction over the tree.

Formalization scope

The tree is the platform definition StochasticProg.Multistage.Tree H, with stage ttt of the paper equal to stage = t − 1. Binary vectors are Fin d → Bool, embedded in Rd\mathbb R^dRd. The copy variable znz_nzn​ is eliminated through zn=xa(n)z_n=x_{a(n)}zn​=xa(n)​. Minima are written as infima over sets that the standing assumptions make nonempty, bounded below and attained. Lean iterations are numbered from 000, and the run is infinite (stopping criteria and bounds play no role).

Readings of informal words. "Optimal solution of (2.1)" means a feasible tree solution of least cost ∑npnfn\sum_np_nf_n∑n​pn​fn​ among all feasible tree solutions. "After a finite number of iterations" means from some iteration on, in every iteration (∀ᶠ i in atTop). "With probability one" refers to a probability space carrying independent draws, M≥1M\ge1M≥1 per iteration, each with law {pn:n∈ST}\{p_n:n\in S_T\}{pn​:n∈ST​}. "Finite" cuts means one finite set for the whole run, as the proof uses it, not a different finite set per iteration. (A3) means the solver is a function of the node, the parent state and the approximation, and returns an optimal solution.

Added hypotheses, which the paper uses without stating them: pn>0p_n>0pn​>0; every nodal problem is feasible for every binary parent state, which replaces (A2) (not used by Theorem 2); and the lower bounds under-estimate, Ln≤QnL_n\le\mathcal Q_nLn​≤Qn​, which is Algorithm 1's "initial under-approximation".

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: tightness refers to the child's approximation after its own update, optimality is for the true extensive form and not relative to ψ\psiψ, and the probability statement is over independent sampling, not over a fixed sample sequence assumed to visit every scenario.

Contributions welcome: the attainment lemmas for nodal minima, the DP/extensive-form equivalence on trees, and the second Borel–Cantelli argument for repeated sampling. All of these are reusable for other SDDP-type convergence results.

Selected references

  • J. Zou, S. Ahmed, X. A. Sun, Stochastic dual dynamic integer programming, Math. Program. 175 (2019) 461–502. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-018-1249-5
  • M. V. F. Pereira, L. M. V. G. Pinto, Multi-stage stochastic optimization applied to energy planning, Math. Program. 52 (1991) 359–375. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582895
  • A. B. Philpott, Z. Guan, On the convergence of stochastic dual dynamic programming and related methods, Oper. Res. Lett. 36 (2008) 450–455. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orl.2008.01.013
  • P. Girardeau, V. Leclère, A. B. Philpott, On the convergence of decomposition methods for multistage stochastic convex programs, Math. Oper. Res. 40 (2015) 130–145. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0664
  • J. R. Birge, Decomposition and partitioning methods for multistage stochastic linear programs, Oper. Res. 33 (1985) 989–1007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.33.5.989
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Strict Constraint Qualifications and Sequential Optimality Conditions for Constrained Optimization IV: CAKKT-Regularity Implies Abadie's Constraint QualificationResearch Paper

Motivation

Algorithms for smooth nonlinear programming, such as augmented Lagrangian, interior point and sequential quadratic programming methods, do not stop at exact Karush–Kuhn–Tucker (KKT) points. They stop at points where the KKT conditions hold approximately. Sequential optimality conditions make this precise: they are properties of sequences xk→x∗x^k\to x^*xk→x∗ with approximate multipliers, satisfied at every local minimizer without any constraint qualification, and verified by the iterates of practical methods. To conclude that a limit point is a KKT point, one still needs a condition on the constraints. Andreani, Martínez, Ramos and Silva (Optimization Online 5197, 2015; Math. Oper. Res. 43(3), 2018, doi:10.1287/moor.2017.0879) identify, for each of several sequential conditions, the weakest such condition. They call it the weakest strict constraint qualification associated with that condition, and they place each one within the classical hierarchy of constraint qualifications.

This mission concerns the Complementary AKKT condition (CAKKT) of Andreani, Martínez and Svaiter (SIAM J. Optim. 20(6), 2010). CAKKT is strictly stronger than AKKT and is satisfied by the limit points of an augmented Lagrangian method under a weak Łojasiewicz-type hypothesis. The paper's §6.1 compares the associated weakest strict CQ, CAKKT-regularity, with Abadie's constraint qualification, one of the classical conditions of nonlinear programming. The answer is that CAKKT-regularity implies Abadie's CQ, and the converse fails.

Timeline:

  • 1967: Abadie introduces the condition LΩ(x∗)=TΩ(x∗)L_\Omega(x^*)=T_\Omega(x^*)LΩ​(x∗)=TΩ​(x∗).
  • 1969: Guignard weakens it to equality of the polars.
  • 1971: Gould and Tolle prove that Guignard's condition is the weakest CQ guaranteeing KKT at local minimizers.
  • 2010: Andreani, Martínez and Svaiter introduce CAKKT.
  • 2016: Andreani, Martínez, Ramos and Silva characterize the weakest strict CQ for AKKT, the cone continuity property (SIAM J. Optim. 26(1)).
  • 2015/2018: the present paper defines CAKKT-regularity and proves Theorems 4.3 and 6.4.

Setting

Let h1,…,hm,g1,…,gp:Rn→Rh_1,\dots,h_m,g_1,\dots,g_p:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rh1​,…,hm​,g1​,…,gp​:Rn→R be continuously differentiable, and let

Ω={x∈Rn: hi(x)=0 (i≤m), gj(x)≤0 (j≤p)}.\Omega=\{x\in\mathbb R^n:\ h_i(x)=0\ (i\le m),\ g_j(x)\le 0\ (j\le p)\}.Ω={x∈Rn: hi​(x)=0 (i≤m), gj​(x)≤0 (j≤p)}.

For feasible x∗x^*x∗, J(x∗)={j:gj(x∗)=0}J(x^*)=\{j: g_j(x^*)=0\}J(x∗)={j:gj​(x∗)=0} is the set of active inequalities. The polar of a set KKK is K∘={v:⟨v,k⟩≤0 ∀k∈K}K^\circ=\{v:\langle v,k\rangle\le 0\ \forall k\in K\}K∘={v:⟨v,k⟩≤0 ∀k∈K}.

  • The tangent cone TΩ(x∗)T_\Omega(x^*)TΩ​(x∗) is the set of ddd for which there are tk↓0t_k\downarrow 0tk​↓0 and dk→dd^k\to ddk→d with x∗+tkdk∈Ωx^*+t_kd^k\in\Omegax∗+tk​dk∈Ω.
  • The linearized cone is LΩ(x∗)={d:⟨∇hi(x∗),d⟩=0 ∀i, ⟨∇gj(x∗),d⟩≤0 ∀j∈J(x∗)}L_\Omega(x^*)=\{d:\langle\nabla h_i(x^*),d\rangle=0\ \forall i,\ \langle\nabla g_j(x^*),d\rangle\le 0\ \forall j\in J(x^*)\}LΩ​(x∗)={d:⟨∇hi​(x∗),d⟩=0 ∀i, ⟨∇gj​(x∗),d⟩≤0 ∀j∈J(x∗)}.
  • The regular normal cone N^Ω(z)\widehat N_\Omega(z)NΩ​(z) is the set of www with ⟨w,y−z⟩≤o(∥y−z∥)\langle w,y-z\rangle\le o(\|y-z\|)⟨w,y−z⟩≤o(∥y−z∥) for y∈Ωy\in\Omegay∈Ω.
  • The limiting normal cone NΩ(x∗)N_\Omega(x^*)NΩ​(x∗) is the set of limits of wk∈N^Ω(zk)w^k\in\widehat N_\Omega(z^k)wk∈NΩ​(zk) along zk→x∗z^k\to x^*zk→x∗ in Ω\OmegaΩ.

Abadie's CQ holds at x∗x^*x∗ when LΩ(x∗)=TΩ(x∗)L_\Omega(x^*)=T_\Omega(x^*)LΩ​(x∗)=TΩ​(x∗).

An objective fff satisfies CAKKT at x∗x^*x∗ if there are xk→x∗x^k\to x^*xk→x∗, λk∈Rm\lambda^k\in\mathbb R^mλk∈Rm and μk∈R+p\mu^k\in\mathbb R^p_+μk∈R+p​ with

∇f(xk)+∑iλik∇hi(xk)+∑jμjk∇gj(xk)→0,∑i∣λikhi(xk)∣+∑j∣μjkgj(xk)∣→0.\nabla f(x^k)+\sum_i\lambda_i^k\nabla h_i(x^k)+\sum_j\mu_j^k\nabla g_j(x^k)\to 0,\qquad \sum_i|\lambda_i^kh_i(x^k)|+\sum_j|\mu_j^kg_j(x^k)|\to 0.∇f(xk)+i∑​λik​∇hi​(xk)+j∑​μjk​∇gj​(xk)→0,i∑​∣λik​hi​(xk)∣+j∑​∣μjk​gj​(xk)∣→0.

For x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn and r≥0r\ge 0r≥0, let KC(x,r)K_C(x,r)KC​(x,r) be the set of vectors ∑iλi∇hi(x)+∑j∈J(x∗)μj∇gj(x)\sum_i\lambda_i\nabla h_i(x)+\sum_{j\in J(x^*)}\mu_j\nabla g_j(x)∑i​λi​∇hi​(x)+∑j∈J(x∗)​μj​∇gj​(x) with μ≥0\mu\ge 0μ≥0 and ∑i∣λihi(x)∣+∑j∈J(x∗)∣μjgj(x)∣≤r\sum_i|\lambda_ih_i(x)|+\sum_{j\in J(x^*)}|\mu_jg_j(x)|\le r∑i​∣λi​hi​(x)∣+∑j∈J(x∗)​∣μj​gj​(x)∣≤r. The point x∗x^*x∗ is CAKKT-regular if (x,r)⇉KC(x,r)(x,r)\rightrightarrows K_C(x,r)(x,r)⇉KC​(x,r) is outer semicontinuous at (x∗,0)(x^*,0)(x∗,0):

lim sup⁡(x,r)→(x∗,0)KC(x,r)⊆KC(x∗,0).\limsup_{(x,r)\to(x^*,0)}K_C(x,r)\subseteq K_C(x^*,0).(x,r)→(x∗,0)limsup​KC​(x,r)⊆KC​(x∗,0).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.4

x∗∈Ω CAKKT-regular⟹LΩ(x∗)=TΩ(x∗).x^*\in\Omega\ \text{CAKKT-regular}\quad\Longrightarrow\quad L_\Omega(x^*)=T_\Omega(x^*).x∗∈Ω CAKKT-regular⟹LΩ​(x∗)=TΩ​(x∗).

Milestones

The inclusion TΩ(x∗)⊆LΩ(x∗)T_\Omega(x^*)\subseteq L_\Omega(x^*)TΩ​(x∗)⊆LΩ​(x∗) always holds, so the content of the goal is the reverse inclusion. The milestones are the statements the paper's proof uses, in attack order:

  1. Lemma 6.1: every y∈TΩ(xˉ)∘y\in T_\Omega(\bar x)^\circy∈TΩ​(xˉ)∘ equals −∇F(xˉ)-\nabla F(\bar x)−∇F(xˉ) for a C1C^1C1 function FFF that has a strict global minimum over Ω\OmegaΩ at xˉ\bar xxˉ.
  2. Lemma 6.2: such a yyy is the limit of multiplier combinations ωk\omega^kωk at points xk→xˉx^k\to\bar xxk→xˉ. The multipliers satisfy μjk=ckmax⁡{0,gj(xk)}\mu^k_j=c_k\max\{0,g_j(x^k)\}μjk​=ck​max{0,gj​(xk)}, and the complementarity residual rkr^krk tends to 000.
  3. N^S(z)=TS(z)∘\widehat N_S(z)=T_S(z)^\circNS​(z)=TS​(z)∘ for every set SSS.
  4. TΩ(x∗)⊆LΩ(x∗)T_\Omega(x^*)\subseteq L_\Omega(x^*)TΩ​(x∗)⊆LΩ​(x∗).
  5. KC(x∗,0)=LΩ(x∗)∘K_C(x^*,0)=L_\Omega(x^*)^\circKC​(x∗,0)=LΩ​(x∗)∘.
  6. Under CAKKT-regularity, NΩ(x∗)⊆LΩ(x∗)∘N_\Omega(x^*)\subseteq L_\Omega(x^*)^\circNΩ​(x∗)⊆LΩ​(x∗)∘.
  7. NS(z)∘⊆TS(z)N_S(z)^\circ\subseteq T_S(z)NS​(z)∘⊆TS​(z) for closed SSS.

Companion: Theorem 4.3

x∗ CAKKT-regular  ⟺  (∀f∈C1: CAKKT at x∗⇒KKT at x∗),x^*\ \text{CAKKT-regular}\iff\big(\forall f\in C^1:\ \text{CAKKT at }x^*\Rightarrow\text{KKT at }x^*\big),x∗ CAKKT-regular⟺(∀f∈C1: CAKKT at x∗⇒KKT at x∗),

with the equivalence of the two formulations (4.12)–(4.13) and (4.14)–(4.15) of CAKKT as a milestone.

Significance

Theorem 6.4 places CAKKT-regularity in the classical hierarchy. Every point at which CAKKT forces KKT for all objectives also satisfies Abadie's CQ, and therefore Guignard's. The paper's Example 6.1 shows that Abadie's CQ does not imply CAKKT-regularity. A convergence theorem for an algorithm that produces CAKKT sequences therefore cannot be stated under Abadie's CQ alone. Together with Theorem 4.3, this fixes exactly what a CAKKT-based method needs from the constraints.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them, and none of the variational-analysis facts they rest on, is formalized on Prove2Me, and Mathlib has no regular or limiting normal cones of nonconvex sets. The work is to formalize the paper's proof together with the parts of Rockafellar–Wets it cites: Theorem 6.11 (gradients of smooth functions as normals), Proposition 6.5, and Theorems 6.26 and 6.28(b). The last is Clarke's theorem that the regular tangent cone of a closed set is the polar of its limiting normal cone. These facts are reusable well beyond this mission.

Difficulty

The inclusion TΩ⊆LΩT_\Omega\subseteq L_\OmegaTΩ​⊆LΩ​ is elementary. The reverse inclusion cannot be obtained from CAKKT-regularity at x∗x^*x∗ alone, because CAKKT-regularity is a statement about multiplier combinations, which live on the polar side. The argument therefore has to pass through normal cones at points xk≠x∗x^k\ne x^*xk=x∗ near x∗x^*x∗. At such points the active set may differ from J(x∗)J(x^*)J(x∗), and the complementarity residual must be controlled uniformly. Returning from polars to cones requires the passage from the limiting normal cone to the tangent cone (milestone 7). That is a deep fact about closed sets in finite dimension; it is not a formal manipulation of cones. Equality of polars would only give Guignard's CQ.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), indices are Fin m and Fin p, and gradients are Mathlib's gradient. The objects are:

  • Constraints. The constraints are a structure Constraints n m p of two index families. Every theorem assumes IsC1 (each hih_ihi​ and gjg_jgj​ is C1C^1C1, the paper's standing hypothesis) and feasibility of x∗x^*x∗.
  • KKT is the multiplier form, with μ≥0\mu\ge 0μ≥0 and μj=0\mu_j=0μj​=0 off J(x∗)J(x^*)J(x∗).
  • Cones. The tangent cone uses positive scalars tk→0t_k\to 0tk​→0 (Mathlib's tangentConeAt allows negative scalars and is not used). The regular normal cone is empty off the set. The limiting normal cone and outer semicontinuity use the sequential Painlevé–Kuratowski outer limit, and the outer limit in CAKKT-regularity is taken over pairs with r≥0r\ge 0r≥0.
  • CAKKT includes xk→x∗x^k\to x^*xk→x∗. The page's (4.12)–(4.13) omit it, but p. 1 and (4.14)–(4.15) make it part of the condition.
  • Sums over J(x∗)J(x^*)J(x∗) are written over all indices, with the multipliers forced to 000 off J(x∗)J(x^*)J(x∗).
  • Abadie's CQ is the equality of cones of p. 5. The proof's "TΩ(x∗)=LΩ(x∗)∘T_\Omega(x^*)=L_\Omega(x^*)^\circTΩ​(x∗)=LΩ​(x∗)∘" is a misprint and is not copied.
  • Closedness of Ω\OmegaΩ is not assumed; it follows from continuity.

The following would trivialize the goal and are excluded:

  • a normal cone that is nonempty outside the set;
  • the convex normal cone used for the nonconvex Ω\OmegaΩ;
  • KKT without the sign or complementarity conditions;
  • for Theorem 4.3, an objective quantified outside the equivalence;
  • Abadie's CQ weakened to equality of polars.

A complete development needs Clarke's tangent–normal polarity for closed sets in Rn\mathbb R^nRn, the existence of C1C^1C1 functions realizing regular normals, and a penalty argument for Lemma 6.2. Proofs of the general variational-analysis milestones (3 and 7) are especially welcome, since they serve any mission on nonconvex constraint sets.

Selected references

  • R. Andreani, J. M. Martínez, A. Ramos, P. J. S. Silva, Strict constraint qualifications and sequential optimality conditions for constrained optimization, Optimization Online 5197, 2015 (https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/5197.pdf); Math. Oper. Res. 43(3), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2017.0879
  • R. Andreani, J. M. Martínez, B. F. Svaiter, A new sequential optimality condition for constrained optimization and algorithmic consequences, SIAM J. Optim. 20(6):3533–3554, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/090777189
  • R. Andreani, J. M. Martínez, A. Ramos, P. J. S. Silva, A cone-continuity constraint qualification and algorithmic consequences, SIAM J. Optim. 26(1):96–110, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1137/15M1008488
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
  • F. J. Gould, J. W. Tolle, A necessary and sufficient qualification for constrained optimization, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 20(2):164–172, 1971. https://doi.org/10.1137/0120021
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Convergence of Decomposition Methods for Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs 2: Under τ-Admissible Random Node Selection, Cuts Become Exact Almost Surely at Every Tree NodeResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic dual dynamic programming (SDDP) and its relatives are the standard algorithms for multistage stochastic programs: hydro-thermal scheduling, energy storage and long-horizon capacity planning are solved with them in industry. They approximate each future cost function from below by a maximum of affine cuts, compute new cuts only at a few randomly chosen nodes of the scenario tree, and use the current approximations to simulate decisions forward. Whether such sampled cutting-plane schemes converge, and in what sense, decides whether their bounds can be trusted.

  • Pereira and Pinto (1991) introduced SDDP for multistage stochastic linear programs.
  • Chen and Powell (1999) proposed CUPPS, which samples a single scenario per iteration.
  • Philpott and Guan (2008) proved almost-sure convergence in finitely many iterations of DOASA and SDDP-type methods for linear stage problems with stagewise independent data, using the finiteness of the set of possible cuts.
  • Girardeau, Leclère and Philpott (2015) removed linearity: stage problems are convex with compact feasible sets, the data need not be stagewise independent, and the node selection is any τ-admissible random process. Convergence is then asymptotic, not finite.

This mission formalizes the stochastic part (§3) of the 2015 paper. Mission 1 of the series covers its deterministic part (§2).

Setting

A finite scenario tree has nodes N\mathcal NN, root 000, parent map ppp, children r(n)r(n)r(n), leaves L\mathcal LL, and node probabilities Φn>0\Phi_n>0Φn​>0 with Φ0=1\Phi_0=1Φ0​=1 and Φn=∑m∈r(n)Φm\Phi_n=\sum_{m\in r(n)}\Phi_mΦn​=∑m∈r(n)​Φm​. Every node m≠0m\neq0m=0 carries a control multifunction Um:Rd⇉Rp\mathcal U_m:\mathbb R^d\rightrightarrows\mathbb R^pUm​:Rd⇉Rp, a cost Cm(x,u)∈R∪{+∞}C_m(x,u)\in\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}Cm​(x,u)∈R∪{+∞} and linear dynamics xm=fm(xp(m),um)x_m=f_m(x_{p(m)},u_m)xm​=fm​(xp(m)​,um​); every node carries a compact convex stock set Xn\mathcal X_nXn​; leaves carry final costs VmV_mVm​. The future cost functions are defined backwards by (20):

Vn(x)=∑m∈r(n)ΦmΦnmin⁡u∈Um(x)Cm(x,u)+Vm(fm(x,u))⏟Wm(x,u),x∈Xn.V_n(x)=\sum_{m\in r(n)}\frac{\Phi_m}{\Phi_n}\min_{u\in\mathcal U_m(x)}\underbrace{C_m(x,u)+V_m\big(f_m(x,u)\big)}_{W_m(x,u)},\qquad x\in\mathcal X_n .Vn​(x)=m∈r(n)∑​Φn​Φm​​u∈Um​(x)min​Wm​(x,u)Cm​(x,u)+Vm​(fm​(x,u))​​,x∈Xn​.

Assumptions (H2)(H_2)(H2​) ask for convex, lower semicontinuous, proper costs, convex compact-valued convex multifunctions Um\mathcal U_mUm​, Lipschitz final costs, and an extended relatively complete recourse condition: feasibility and finite cost on a δ\deltaδ-neighbourhood of every Xn\mathcal X_nXn​.

The algorithm keeps approximations VnkV^{k}_nVnk​, starting from Vn−1≡−∞V^{-1}_n\equiv-\inftyVn−1​≡−∞. At iteration kkk it simulates the whole tree with Vk−1V^{k-1}Vk−1, producing stocks xnkx^k_nxnk​ and controls umku^k_mumk​. Cuts θnk+⟨βnk,⋅−xnk⟩\theta^k_n+\langle\beta^k_n,\cdot-x^k_n\rangleθnk​+⟨βnk​,⋅−xnk​⟩ are computed at the selected nodes by solving the stage problems (21) at their children and averaging optimal values and Lagrange multipliers with weights Φm/Φn\Phi_m/\Phi_nΦm​/Φn​. Every approximation is then updated by (22), Vnk=max⁡(Vnk−1,cut)V^k_n=\max(V^{k-1}_n,\text{cut})Vnk​=max(Vnk−1​,cut). The selections ynk∈{0,1}y^k_n\in\{0,1\}ynk​∈{0,1} form a random process. It is τ-admissible (Definition 1) when, inside each block of τ\tauτ iterations, cuts are computed backwards along the tree, and when the block indicators y~nk=max⁡κ<τynkτ+κ\tilde y^k_n=\max_{\kappa<\tau}y^{k\tau+\kappa}_ny~​nk​=maxκ<τ​ynkτ+κ​ are i.i.d. in kkk, independent of the past, and equal to 111 with positive probability.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

Under (H2)(H_2)(H2​) and a τ-admissible selection process, almost surely, for every non-leaf node nnn and every node nnn respectively,

lim⁡k→∞∑m∈r(n)ΦmΦnWm(xnkτ,umkτ)−Vn(xnkτ)=0,lim⁡k→∞Vn(xnkτ)−Vnkτ(xnkτ)=0.\lim_{k\to\infty}\sum_{m\in r(n)}\frac{\Phi_m}{\Phi_n}W_m\big(x^{k\tau}_n,u^{k\tau}_m\big)-V_n\big(x^{k\tau}_n\big)=0,\qquad \lim_{k\to\infty}V_n\big(x^{k\tau}_n\big)-V^{k\tau}_n\big(x^{k\tau}_n\big)=0 .k→∞lim​m∈r(n)∑​Φn​Φm​​Wm​(xnkτ​,umkτ​)−Vn​(xnkτ​)=0,k→∞lim​Vn​(xnkτ​)−Vnkτ​(xnkτ​)=0.

The decisions become optimal for the true problem and the approximations become exact at the visited stocks. Nothing is claimed about exactness elsewhere in the state space.

Milestones

  • (26): every new cut is tight at the stock where it is computed.
  • Lemma 3.1 (i)–(iii): the VnV_nVn​ are convex and Lipschitz on Xn\mathcal X_nXn​; the approximations are lower bounds; finite approximations are uniformly Lipschitz.
  • Lemma 3.2: exact approximations at the children make the decisions at a node asymptotically optimal.
  • Lemma 5.3: under Definition 1 (i), a node selected inside a block is visited at the stock and with the approximation it had at the start of the block.
  • Lemma 5.4: the terms of an i.i.d. sequence selected by a predictable rule are again i.i.d. with the same law.
  • (32): exactness along the iterations at which a node is selected.

Significance

The theorem covers in one statement CUPPS (1-admissible), DOASA and SDDP ((T−1)(T-1)(T−1)-admissible), and many other sampling schemes, for stage problems that are convex rather than linear and for scenario trees without stagewise independence. It shows that the lower bound produced by these methods converges to the optimal value along the simulated trajectories.

The result is proved on paper. It is not formalized anywhere: no proof assistant library contains SDDP-type algorithms for convex stage problems. This mission makes the algorithm, the τ-admissibility notion and the convergence statement precise. Formalizing them corrects slips of the printed statements: the lower-bound property holds on the affine hull of Xn\mathcal X_nXn​ only, the boundedness of the cut slopes concerns finite cuts only, and the theorem's two limits concern different node sets. The rest of the work is the formalization of the published proof.

Difficulty

The deterministic argument (mission 1) shows exactness at stage ttt from exactness at stage t+1t+1t+1 along the whole iteration sequence. In the stochastic case a node is updated only at the random iterations at which it is selected, while its stock xnkτx^{k\tau}_nxnkτ​ moves at every iteration. Exactness along the selected iterations (32) does not transfer to the others: a selection rule that updated a node only when its stock lay in a given region would leave the approximation inexact elsewhere. The proof has to show that the iterations at which the approximation is still ε\varepsilonε-inexact are, by independence, selected with positive frequency. This requires the event "kkk is ε\varepsilonε-inexact" to be measurable with respect to the past selections, so the algorithm's choices among multiple minimisers and multipliers must be deterministic (footnote 6). It also requires the optional-skipping Lemma 5.4 and the strong law of large numbers. The first idea of conditioning on the stocks directly fails because the stocks depend on all past selections.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces and values. Stocks in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), controls in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p). Costs and value functions take values in EReal; convexity is epigraph convexity; Vn=+∞V_n=+\inftyVn​=+∞ off Xn\mathcal X_nXn​; the initial approximation is −∞-\infty−∞. Limits are EReal limits, so convergence to 000 forces the differences to be finite eventually.
  • Tree. The platform definition StochasticProg.Multistage.Tree (a finite rooted tree with stages) is referenced; leaves, ascendents and node probabilities are defined on it. Costs are indexed by the child node as in (19a) and (20).
  • Standing assumptions, all disclosed in the items: (H2)(1)(H_2)(1)(H2​)(1)–(6)(6)(6) clause by clause, with the full ball B(δ)B(\delta)B(δ) of (H2)(6)(H_2)(6)(H2​)(6) as printed; x0∈X0x_0\in\mathcal X_0x0​∈X0​; Φ\PhiΦ are node probabilities.
  • Algorithm. A run is a predicate on the generated data (stocks, controls, cut values and slopes, approximations). Minimisers, Lagrange multipliers and subgradients are chosen by fixed rules, functions of the stage problem only (footnote 6), so a run is determined by its selection path. Lagrange multipliers of (21b) are encoded by the subgradient inequality of the optimal value of (21) on Aff⁡(Xn)\operatorname{Aff}(\mathcal X_n)Aff(Xn​), with the multiplier in its direction space. The Lean index is shifted: Vc k is the paper's Vk−1V^{k-1}Vk−1.
  • Selections. yky^kyk are measurable Bool-valued maps on a probability space; Definition 1 (i) holds on every path; (ii) is per node, i.i.d. in kkk and independent of σ(yk′:k′<kτ)\sigma(y^{k'}:k'<k\tau)σ(yk′:k′<kτ), with no independence across nodes.
  • Ruling out trivializations. The goal's hypotheses are only (H2)(H_2)(H2​), the choice rules, a run on every sample path, measurable selections and τ-admissibility. The companion statement run_exists shows that runs exist for every selection path, and a sanity check shows (H2)(H_2)(H2​) and τ-admissibility are satisfiable, so the goal is not vacuous. Its conclusion mentions none of the proof's auxiliary objects.
  • Infrastructure. The development needs marginal functions of convex problems over convex multifunctions, subdifferentiability of finite convex functions on affine hulls, Lipschitz bounds for maxima of affine functions, and the optional-skipping Lemma 5.4. Lemma 5.4 is a self-contained probability statement and is reusable on its own. Lemma 5.2 of the paper (a Dini-type lemma) is posed in mission 1. Proofs of any milestone, and of auxiliary lemmas on EReal-valued convex functions, are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. Girardeau, V. Leclère, A. B. Philpott, On the Convergence of Decomposition Methods for Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs, Mathematics of Operations Research 40(1), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0664 (author's version: https://hal.science/hal-01208295v1)
  • A. B. Philpott, Z. Guan, On the convergence of stochastic dual dynamic programming and related methods, Operations Research Letters 36(4), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orl.2008.01.013
  • Z. L. Chen, W. B. Powell, Convergent cutting-plane and partial-sampling algorithm for multistage stochastic linear programs with recourse, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 102(3), pp. 497–524, 1999 (reference [1] of the paper).
  • M. V. F. Pereira, L. M. V. G. Pinto, Multi-stage stochastic optimization applied to energy planning, Mathematical Programming 52, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582895
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Optimization Based on Gradient Tracking Revisited: Enhancing Convergence Rate via Surrogation 2: SONATA with Push-Sum Converges R-Linearly over Time-Varying Directed GraphsResearch Paper

Motivation

In distributed optimization a network of mmm agents minimizes a sum of private functions while each agent talks only to its neighbours. Applications include federated and decentralized learning, sensor networks and multi-robot systems, where the data cannot be pooled at one site. Many of these networks are directed (communication links are one-way, for instance because transmission powers differ) and time-varying (links come and go). On such networks no doubly stochastic mixing matrix is available in general, and plain averaging drifts toward a weighted average instead of the true one. The push-sum protocol corrects this drift by carrying an auxiliary weight ϕi\phi_iϕi​ at every agent (Kempe, Dobra & Gehrke 2003; Nedić & Olshevsky 2015).

Y. Sun, A. Daneshmand and G. Scutari (arXiv:1905.02637v2) analyse SONATA, a gradient-tracking method in which each agent solves a strongly convex surrogate of its local problem instead of taking a gradient step, for composite problems (a convex, possibly nonsmooth regulariser GGG and a convex constraint set). They prove linear convergence on undirected graphs (their Theorem 3.9, the companion mission of this series) and, in Section 4, for a push-sum version over time-varying digraphs (Theorem 4.5). This mission formalizes the second result.

Timeline. Gradient tracking with push-sum over time-varying digraphs appears in NEXT/SONATA (Di Lorenzo & Scutari 2016; Scutari & Sun 2019), where convergence was proved without rates for nonconvex problems. Linear rates for smooth unconstrained strongly convex problems over time-varying digraphs were obtained for Push-DIGing (Nedić, Olshevsky & Shi 2017). Sun, Daneshmand and Scutari (2019, revised 2020) extend the linear rate to the composite, constrained setting with surrogates, and require only the average FFF, not every fif_ifi​, to be strongly convex.

Setting

Problem (P). Agent i∈[m]i\in[m]i∈[m] holds fi:Rd→Rf_i:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rfi​:Rd→R; the agents solve

min⁡x∈KU(x)≜F(x)+G(x),F=1m∑i=1mfi.\min_{x\in\mathcal K}U(x)\triangleq F(x)+G(x),\qquad F=\frac1m\sum_{i=1}^mf_i .x∈Kmin​U(x)≜F(x)+G(x),F=m1​i=1∑m​fi​.

Assumption A: K\mathcal KK is nonempty, closed and convex; each fif_ifi​ is twice differentiable on an open set O⊇K\mathcal O\supseteq\mathcal KO⊇K and convex; μI⪯∇2F(x)⪯LI\mu I\preceq\nabla^2F(x)\preceq LIμI⪯∇2F(x)⪯LI on K\mathcal KK with μ>0\mu>0μ>0; GGG is convex on K\mathcal KK. x⋆x^\starx⋆ is the solution and U⋆=U(x⋆)U^\star=U(x^\star)U⋆=U(x⋆).

Surrogates (Assumption C). Each agent has f~i(x;z)\tilde f_i(x;z)f~​i​(x;z), C2C^2C2 on O×O\mathcal O\times\mathcal OO×O, with ∇f~i(x;x)=∇fi(x)\nabla\tilde f_i(x;x)=\nabla f_i(x)∇f~​i​(x;x)=∇fi​(x), ∇f~i(⋅;x)\nabla\tilde f_i(\cdot;x)∇f~​i​(⋅;x) L~i\tilde L_iL~i​-Lipschitz and f~i(⋅;x)\tilde f_i(\cdot;x)f~​i​(⋅;x) μ~i\tilde\mu_iμ~​i​-strongly convex on K\mathcal KK. Constants Diℓ≤DiuD^\ell_i\le D^u_iDiℓ​≤Diu​ satisfy DiℓI⪯∇2f~i(x;y)−∇2F(x)⪯DiuID^\ell_iI\preceq\nabla^2\tilde f_i(x;y)-\nabla^2F(x)\preceq D^u_iIDiℓ​I⪯∇2f~​i​(x;y)−∇2F(x)⪯Diu​I on K×K\mathcal K\times\mathcal KK×K (15); μ~mn=min⁡iμ~i\tilde\mu_{\rm mn}=\min_i\tilde\mu_iμ~​mn​=mini​μ~​i​, Dmnℓ=min⁡iDiℓD^\ell_{\rm mn}=\min_iD^\ell_iDmnℓ​=mini​Diℓ​.

Network (Assumption B′). At time ν\nuν the digraph Gν\mathcal G^\nuGν has edge set Eν\mathcal E^\nuEν; (i,j)∈Eν(i,j)\in\mathcal E^\nu(i,j)∈Eν is a link from iii to jjj. There is an integer B>0B>0B>0 such that the union of the edge sets over every window [νB,(ν+1)B−1][\nu B,(\nu+1)B-1][νB,(ν+1)B−1] is strongly connected.

Weights (Assumption E). Cν=(cijν)C^\nu=(c^\nu_{ij})Cν=(cijν​) is column stochastic, ciiν≥cℓ>0c^\nu_{ii}\ge c_\ell>0ciiν​≥cℓ​>0, cijν≥cℓc^\nu_{ij}\ge c_\ellcijν​≥cℓ​ if (j,i)∈Eν(j,i)\in\mathcal E^\nu(j,i)∈Eν and cijν=0c^\nu_{ij}=0cijν​=0 for other j≠ij\ne ij=i.

Algorithm 3. From xi0∈Kx_i^0\in\mathcal Kxi0​∈K, yi0=∇fi(xi0)y_i^0=\nabla f_i(x_i^0)yi0​=∇fi​(xi0​), ϕi0=1\phi_i^0=1ϕi0​=1, each agent computes

x^iν∈argmin⁡xi∈K f~i(xi;xiν)+(yiν−∇fi(xiν))⊤(xi−xiν)+G(xi),xiν+1/2=xiν+α(x^iν−xiν),\hat x_i^\nu\in\operatorname*{argmin}_{x_i\in\mathcal K}\ \tilde f_i(x_i;x_i^\nu)+(y_i^\nu-\nabla f_i(x_i^\nu))^\top(x_i-x_i^\nu)+G(x_i),\qquad x_i^{\nu+1/2}=x_i^\nu+\alpha(\hat x_i^\nu-x_i^\nu),x^iν​∈xi​∈Kargmin​ f~​i​(xi​;xiν​)+(yiν​−∇fi​(xiν​))⊤(xi​−xiν​)+G(xi​),xiν+1/2​=xiν​+α(x^iν​−xiν​),

then ϕiν+1=∑jcijνϕjν\phi_i^{\nu+1}=\sum_jc^\nu_{ij}\phi_j^\nuϕiν+1​=∑j​cijν​ϕjν​, xiν+1=1ϕiν+1∑jcijνϕjνxjν+1/2x_i^{\nu+1}=\frac1{\phi_i^{\nu+1}}\sum_jc^\nu_{ij}\phi_j^\nu x_j^{\nu+1/2}xiν+1​=ϕiν+1​1​∑j​cijν​ϕjν​xjν+1/2​ and yiν+1=1ϕiν+1∑jcijν(ϕjνyjν+∇fj(xjν+1)−∇fj(xjν))y_i^{\nu+1}=\frac1{\phi_i^{\nu+1}}\sum_jc^\nu_{ij}(\phi_j^\nu y_j^\nu+\nabla f_j(x_j^{\nu+1})-\nabla f_j(x_j^\nu))yiν+1​=ϕiν+1​1​∑j​cijν​(ϕjν​yjν​+∇fj​(xjν+1​)−∇fj​(xjν​)).

The analysis uses the weighted gap pϕν=∑iϕiν(U(xiν)−U⋆)p_\phi^\nu=\sum_i\phi_i^\nu(U(x_i^\nu)-U^\star)pϕν​=∑i​ϕiν​(U(xiν​)−U⋆), the tracking error δiν=∇F(xiν)−yiν\delta_i^\nu=\nabla F(x_i^\nu)-y_i^\nuδiν​=∇F(xiν​)−yiν​, and the consensus errors xϕ,⊥νx^\nu_{\phi,\perp}xϕ,⊥ν​, yϕ,⊥νy^\nu_{\phi,\perp}yϕ,⊥ν​ measured against the ϕ\phiϕ-weighted averages.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.5

If μ~mn≥Dmnℓ\tilde\mu_{\rm mn}\ge D^\ell_{\rm mn}μ~​mn​≥Dmnℓ​, there is αˉ∈(0,1]\bar\alpha\in(0,1]αˉ∈(0,1] such that for every α∈(0,αˉ)\alpha\in(0,\bar\alpha)α∈(0,αˉ), every run and every agent iii,

∃ C, z∈[0,1):∣U(xiν)−U⋆∣≤C zν∀ν.\exists\,C,\ z\in[0,1):\qquad|U(x_i^\nu)-U^\star|\le C\,z^\nu\quad\forall\nu .∃C, z∈[0,1):∣U(xiν​)−U⋆∣≤Czν∀ν.

The goal is qualitative: neither αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ nor the rate is fixed, so it survives any improvement of the constants.

Milestones

In attack order: the weighted tracking identity (74) and its consequence yˉϕν=∇f‾ν\bar y^\nu_\phi=\overline{\nabla f}^\nuyˉ​ϕν​=∇f​ν; the bounds ϕlb≤ϕiν≤ϕub\phi_{lb}\le\phi_i^\nu\le\phi_{ub}ϕlb​≤ϕiν​≤ϕub​ (p. 29); the per-agent descent inequality (Lemma I.1); the lower bound on the weighted step length (Lemma I.2); the tracking-error bound ∥δν∥2≤8Lmx2∥xϕ,⊥ν∥2+2∥yϕ,⊥ν∥2\|\delta^\nu\|^2\le8L^2_{\rm mx}\|x^\nu_{\phi,\perp}\|^2+2\|y^\nu_{\phi,\perp}\|^2∥δν∥2≤8Lmx2​∥xϕ,⊥ν​∥2+2∥yϕ,⊥ν​∥2 (Lemma I.3); the contraction pϕν+1≤σ(α)pϕν+η(α)ϕub(⋯ )p_\phi^{\nu+1}\le\sigma(\alpha)p_\phi^\nu+\eta(\alpha)\phi_{ub}(\cdots)pϕν+1​≤σ(α)pϕν​+η(α)ϕub​(⋯) (Proposition 4.1); the bound of ∥dν∥2\|d^\nu\|^2∥dν∥2 by pϕνp_\phi^\nupϕν​ and ∥yϕ,⊥ν∥2\|y^\nu_{\phi,\perp}\|^2∥yϕ,⊥ν​∥2 (Proposition 4.3).

Significance

Theorem 4.5 gives a linear rate for distributed composite and constrained optimization over time-varying directed networks. Two features matter: the individual fif_ifi​ need not be strongly convex, and the surrogates cover proximal-gradient steps, DANE-type local solves and mirror-descent steps under one analysis. The rate depends on the surrogate-mismatch constants DiD_iDi​, which is the mechanism by which the paper shows that local computation helps when the fif_ifi​ are similar.

The result is proved in the paper; the proof of Theorem 4.5 refers to the undirected argument, and several of its supporting statements (Propositions 4.1 and 4.3) have their proofs omitted or relegated to the supplement, with consensus estimates quoted from Scutari & Sun (2019). To our knowledge none of it is machine-checked. A formalization produces a checked proof of the directed result together with reusable statements about push-sum weights over BBB-strongly connected digraphs.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to repeat the undirected proof with weighted averages. Two steps fail. First, the ϕ\phiϕ-weighted average is not the minimiser of ∑i∥xi−c∥2\sum_i\|x_i-c\|^2∑i​∥xi​−c∥2, so consensus errors measured against it lose a constant (the 8 in Lemma I.3 instead of 4), and every passage between weighted and unweighted sums needs the bounds ϕlb≤ϕiν≤ϕub\phi_{lb}\le\phi_i^\nu\le\phi_{ub}ϕlb​≤ϕiν​≤ϕub​, which rest on a product-of-matrices argument over windows of length (m−1)B(m-1)B(m−1)B. Second, the matrices change with ν\nuν, so there is no single contraction factor; geometric decay of the consensus errors holds only over windows, and the coupling between the optimality gap, the consensus errors and the step lengths must be closed by a small-gain argument whose constants are uniform over the run. The step-size threshold must not depend on the starting point.

Formalization scope

Points are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); stacked vectors are Fin m → ℝ^d with the Euclidean norm ∥v∥2=∑i∥vi∥2\|v\|^2=\sum_i\|v_i\|^2∥v∥2=∑i​∥vi​∥2, never Lean's sup norm. The Hessian is the derivative of the gradient, and Loewner bounds are quadratic-form inequalities. Time is 0-based. A run is a relational predicate: x^iν\hat x_i^\nux^iν​ is some minimizer of the subproblem, whose existence the paper takes for granted; x⋆x^\starx⋆ is assumed to exist. The divisions by ϕiν+1\phi_i^{\nu+1}ϕiν+1​ appear as in the paper and are genuine, since Assumption E keeps the weights positive. fif_ifi​ is convex on K\mathcal KK and locally convex on O\mathcal OO (positive semidefinite Hessian; O\mathcal OO need not be convex), μ~i>0\tilde\mu_i>0μ~​i​>0, and Diℓ,DiuD^\ell_i,D^u_iDiℓ​,Diu​ are parameters: the statements hold for every valid choice. The graph sequence, BBB, cℓc_\ellcℓ​ and the matrices CνC^\nuCν come before αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ; the starting point and the run come after α\alphaα. The bounds on ϕ\phiϕ are stated for m≥2m\ge2m≥2 (the printed ϕub\phi_{ub}ϕub​ is 000 at m=1m=1m=1), and positivity of σ(α)\sigma(\alpha)σ(α) is claimed only when Dmx>0D_{\rm mx}>0Dmx​>0 or α<1\alpha<1α<1.

The following do not count as a formalization of the goal: an unsatisfiable run predicate (a sorry-free verification file exhibits a run satisfying every hypothesis), a αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ chosen after the run, the ϕ\phiϕ bounds or a contraction factor assumed in place of Assumptions B′ and E, and dropping the 1/ϕiν+11/\phi_i^{\nu+1}1/ϕiν+1​ normalisation.

Not posed: the explicit rate (Theorem III.1), the complexity corollaries, and the consensus estimates Lemma 4.2 and Proposition 4.4, whose constants c0,ρBc_0,\rho_Bc0​,ρB​ come from Scutari & Sun (2019) (as printed, c0c_0c0​ is negative). A complete development needs Taylor expansions with integral remainder along segments, first-order optimality for composite problems on convex sets, and products of column-stochastic matrices over strongly connected windows; the last is reusable for any push-sum method. Contributions to any milestone, and to the missing consensus estimates as auxiliary lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Sun, A. Daneshmand, G. Scutari, Distributed Optimization Based on Gradient-tracking Revisited: Enhancing Convergence Rate via Surrogation, arXiv:1905.02637v2, 2020; SIAM J. Optim. 32(2), 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.02637v2
  • G. Scutari, Y. Sun, Distributed nonconvex constrained optimization over time-varying digraphs, Math. Program. 176, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-018-01357-w
  • P. Di Lorenzo, G. Scutari, NEXT: In-Network Nonconvex Optimization, IEEE Trans. Signal Inf. Process. Netw. 2(2), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1109/TSIPN.2016.2524588
  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, W. Shi, Achieving Geometric Convergence for Distributed Optimization over Time-Varying Graphs, SIAM J. Optim. 27(4), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1084316
  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, Distributed optimization over time-varying directed graphs, IEEE Trans. Autom. Control 60(3), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2014.2364096
  • D. Kempe, A. Dobra, J. Gehrke, Gossip-based computation of aggregate information, FOCS 2003. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.2003.1238221
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryConvex OptimizationLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Quadratic Matrix Inequalities with Applications to Data-Based Control II: Matrix Finsler's Lemma — Z⁰ᵣ(N) ⊆ Zᵣ(M) iff M − αN ⪰ 0 for Some α ≥ 0Research Paper

Motivation

Finsler's lemma (P. Finsler, 1937) states that for symmetric matrices M,N∈SnM,N\in\mathbb S^nM,N∈Sn, the quadratic form x⊤Mxx^\top Mxx⊤Mx is positive on every nonzero xxx with x⊤Nx=0x^\top Nx=0x⊤Nx=0 if and only if M−αN>0M-\alpha N>0M−αN>0 for some real α\alphaα. Together with the S-lemma of Yakubovich it is one of the basic tools for converting a statement about all vectors satisfying a quadratic constraint into a single linear matrix inequality (LMI) in a multiplier, which can then be checked by semidefinite programming. Both results are used throughout robust control, where uncertainty is described by quadratic constraints.

In data-driven control the unknown object is a matrix, not a vector: the system matrices (A,B)(A,B)(A,B) consistent with noisy measurements form a set of the form

Zr(N)={Z∈Rr×q:[IZ]⊤N[IZ]⩾0},\mathcal Z_r(N)=\Big\{Z\in\mathbb R^{r\times q}:\begin{bmatrix}I\\ Z\end{bmatrix}^\top N\begin{bmatrix}I\\ Z\end{bmatrix}\geqslant0\Big\},Zr​(N)={Z∈Rr×q:[IZ​]⊤N[IZ​]⩾0},

and a controller has to work for every element of such a set. H. J. van Waarde, M. K. Camlibel, J. Eising and H. L. Trentelman (arXiv:2203.12959, SIAM J. Control Optim. 2023) develop matrix-valued versions of the S-lemma and of Finsler's lemma for exactly this purpose. Their matrix S-lemma (Theorem 4.7) requires a Slater-type condition: NNN must have a positive eigenvalue. This mission concerns the complementary case in which NNN has no positive eigenvalue, where the inequality defining Zr(N)\mathcal Z_r(N)Zr​(N) degenerates into an equality and a Finsler-type statement is needed.

Setting

All matrices are real. For a symmetric matrix AAA, A⩾0A\geqslant0A⩾0 (A>0A>0A>0) means positive semidefinite (definite); A⩽0A\leqslant0A⩽0 means −A⩾0-A\geqslant0−A⩾0. A†A^\daggerA† is the Moore–Penrose pseudo-inverse, the unique matrix XXX with AXA=AAXA=AAXA=A, XAX=XXAX=XXAX=X and AXAXAX, XAXAXA symmetric.

Fix integers q⩾1q\geqslant1q⩾1 and r⩾0r\geqslant0r⩾0. A symmetric matrix M∈Sq+rM\in\mathbb S^{q+r}M∈Sq+r is partitioned as

M=[M11M12M21M22],M=\begin{bmatrix}M_{11}&M_{12}\\ M_{21}&M_{22}\end{bmatrix},M=[M11​M21​​M12​M22​​],

with M11M_{11}M11​ of size q×qq\times qq×q and M22M_{22}M22​ of size r×rr\times rr×r, and likewise NNN. For Z∈Rr×qZ\in\mathbb R^{r\times q}Z∈Rr×q write FM(Z):=[IZ]⊤M[IZ]∈SqF_M(Z):=\begin{bmatrix}I\\ Z\end{bmatrix}^\top M\begin{bmatrix}I\\ Z\end{bmatrix}\in\mathbb S^qFM​(Z):=[IZ​]⊤M[IZ​]∈Sq, and define

Zr(M)={Z:FM(Z)⩾0},Zr0(N)={Z:FN(Z)=0}.\mathcal Z_r(M)=\{Z: F_M(Z)\geqslant0\},\qquad \mathcal Z_r^0(N)=\{Z: F_N(Z)=0\}.Zr​(M)={Z:FM​(Z)⩾0},Zr0​(N)={Z:FN​(Z)=0}.

The generalized Schur complement is M ∣ M22:=M11−M12M22†M21M\,|\,M_{22}:=M_{11}-M_{12}M_{22}^\dagger M_{21}M∣M22​:=M11​−M12​M22†​M21​, and the class Πq,r\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}Πq,r​ consists of the symmetric MMM with M22⩽0M_{22}\leqslant0M22​⩽0, M ∣ M22⩾0M\,|\,M_{22}\geqslant0M∣M22​⩾0 and ker⁡M22⊆ker⁡M12\ker M_{22}\subseteq\ker M_{12}kerM22​⊆kerM12​. For N∈Πq,rN\in\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}N∈Πq,r​, the condition N ∣ N22=0N\,|\,N_{22}=0N∣N22​=0 is equivalent to NNN having no positive eigenvalue; then Zr(N)=Zr0(N)\mathcal Z_r(N)=\mathcal Z_r^0(N)Zr​(N)=Zr0​(N). Finally, set

Θ:=[I−N22†N21]⊤M[I−N22†N21]=FM(−N22†N21).(4.4)\Theta:=\begin{bmatrix}I\\ -N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}\end{bmatrix}^\top M\begin{bmatrix}I\\ -N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}\end{bmatrix}=F_M(-N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}).\qquad(4.4)Θ:=[I−N22†​N21​​]⊤M[I−N22†​N21​​]=FM​(−N22†​N21​).(4.4)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.8 (Matrix Finsler's lemma), p. 12

First, if M−αN⩾0M-\alpha N\geqslant0M−αN⩾0 for some α∈R\alpha\in\mathbb Rα∈R, then Zr0(N)⊆Zr(M)\mathcal Z_r^0(N)\subseteq\mathcal Z_r(M)Zr0​(N)⊆Zr​(M). Second, if M,N∈Πq,rM,N\in\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}M,N∈Πq,r​, N ∣ N22=0N\,|\,N_{22}=0N∣N22​=0 and ker⁡Θ⊆ker⁡(M ∣ M22)\ker\Theta\subseteq\ker(M\,|\,M_{22})kerΘ⊆ker(M∣M22​), then

Zr0(N)⊆Zr(M)  ⟺  ∃ α⩾0: M−αN⩾0.\mathcal Z_r^0(N)\subseteq\mathcal Z_r(M)\iff\exists\,\alpha\geqslant0:\ M-\alpha N\geqslant0 .Zr0​(N)⊆Zr​(M)⟺∃α⩾0: M−αN⩾0.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 4.8, pp. 12–13)

  1. If Zr0(N)⊆Zr(M)\mathcal Z_r^0(N)\subseteq\mathcal Z_r(M)Zr0​(N)⊆Zr​(M), then ker⁡N22⊆ker⁡M22\ker N_{22}\subseteq\ker M_{22}kerN22​⊆kerM22​.
  2. With T:=[I0−N22†N21I]T:=\begin{bmatrix}I&0\\ -N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}&I\end{bmatrix}T:=[I−N22†​N21​​0I​], T⊤NT=diag⁡(0,N22)T^\top NT=\operatorname{diag}(0,N_{22})T⊤NT=diag(0,N22​) and
T⊤(M−αN)T=[ΘM12−N12N22†M22M21−M22N22†N21M22−αN22].(4.6)T^\top(M-\alpha N)T=\begin{bmatrix}\Theta&M_{12}-N_{12}N_{22}^\dagger M_{22}\\ M_{21}-M_{22}N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}&M_{22}-\alpha N_{22}\end{bmatrix}.\qquad(4.6)T⊤(M−αN)T=[ΘM21​−M22​N22†​N21​​M12​−N12​N22†​M22​M22​−αN22​​].(4.6)
  1. If ker⁡M22⊆ker⁡M12\ker M_{22}\subseteq\ker M_{12}kerM22​⊆kerM12​, then with D:=M22†M21−N22†N21D:=M_{22}^\dagger M_{21}-N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}D:=M22†​M21​−N22†​N21​, Θ=M ∣ M22+D⊤M22D\Theta=M\,|\,M_{22}+D^\top M_{22}DΘ=M∣M22​+D⊤M22​D and M22D=M21−M22N22†N21M_{22}D=M_{21}-M_{22}N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}M22​D=M21​−M22​N22†​N21​ (4.7a–b).
  2. Θ⩾0\Theta\geqslant0Θ⩾0 and ker⁡(M ∣ M22)=ker⁡Θ∩ker⁡(M21−M22N22†N21)\ker(M\,|\,M_{22})=\ker\Theta\cap\ker(M_{21}-M_{22}N_{22}^\dagger N_{21})ker(M∣M22​)=kerΘ∩ker(M21​−M22​N22†​N21​).
  3. T⊤(M−αN)T⩾0T^\top(M-\alpha N)T\geqslant0T⊤(M−αN)T⩾0 if and only if
M22−αN22−(M21−M22N22†N21) Θ† (M12−N12N22†M22)⩾0.(4.8)M_{22}-\alpha N_{22}-(M_{21}-M_{22}N_{22}^\dagger N_{21})\,\Theta^\dagger\,(M_{12}-N_{12}N_{22}^\dagger M_{22})\geqslant0.\qquad(4.8)M22​−αN22​−(M21​−M22​N22†​N21​)Θ†(M12​−N12​N22†​M22​)⩾0.(4.8)
  1. Some α⩾0\alpha\geqslant0α⩾0 satisfies (4.8), and then M−αN⩾0M-\alpha N\geqslant0M−αN⩾0.

A companion item formalizes Example 4.9 (p. 13): for N=[−111−1]N=\begin{bmatrix}-1&1\\1&-1\end{bmatrix}N=[−11​1−1​] and M=[100−1]M=\begin{bmatrix}1&0\\0&-1\end{bmatrix}M=[10​0−1​] all hypotheses except the one on Θ\ThetaΘ hold, the inclusion holds, and no α⩾0\alpha\geqslant0α⩾0 works.

Significance

The theorem turns an inclusion between two sets of matrices, a statement quantified over infinitely many ZZZ, into feasibility of a scalar-multiplier LMI. In the paper it is one of four matrix S-lemma variants (Theorems 4.7, 4.8, 4.10, 4.11) that together cover the cases arising in data-based control: whether the data-consistent set Zr(N)\mathcal Z_r(N)Zr​(N) has a Slater point, and whether the conclusion is non-strict or strict. Theorem 4.8 is the variant for noise models whose quadratic description has no interior, for instance exact equality constraints on the noise. Example 4.9 shows that the kernel hypothesis on Θ\ThetaΘ is genuinely needed, so the statement marks the boundary of when the lossless reduction holds.

The paper gives a complete proof. No machine-checked proof of this theorem, of the matrix S-lemma, or of Finsler's lemma in matrix form is known to exist, in Lean or elsewhere. Formalizing it produces reusable infrastructure: the Moore–Penrose pseudo-inverse of real matrices with its Penrose identities, the generalized Schur complement criterion for positive semidefiniteness of a block matrix, and congruence manipulations of 2×22\times22×2 block matrices, none of which is currently in Mathlib in this form.

Difficulty

The "if" direction is a one-line computation. For the "only if" direction the classical vector Finsler lemma is not directly applicable: it concerns vectors xxx with x⊤Nx=0x^\top Nx=0x⊤Nx=0, while the hypothesis here only controls matrices ZZZ with FN(Z)=0F_N(Z)=0FN​(Z)=0, which is a much smaller family when q>1q>1q>1, and the conclusion is non-strict. The natural first idea, applying the vector S-lemma, fails because NNN has no positive eigenvalue, so its Slater condition is violated. Instead one must exploit the structure of Πq,r\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}Πq,r​: the pseudo-inverse appears because N22N_{22}N22​ and M22M_{22}M22​ are typically singular, and every manipulation must track kernels and ranges exactly.

Formalization scope

The blocks are indexed by arbitrary finite types ι (size qqq) and κ (size rrr); a matrix in Sq+r\mathbb S^{q+r}Sq+r is Matrix (ι ⊕ κ) (ι ⊕ κ) ℝ, its blocks are toBlocks₁₁ etc., and Rr×q\mathbb R^{r\times q}Rr×q is Matrix κ ι ℝ. A⩾0A\geqslant0A⩾0 is Mathlib's PosSemidef, which includes symmetry. The pseudo-inverse is defined by Hilbert's choice among matrices satisfying the four Penrose conditions; since such a matrix exists and is unique, this is the pseudo-inverse and not a junk value. Kernel inclusions are stated with matrix–vector products.

One hypothesis is added and disclosed: q⩾1q\geqslant1q⩾1 (Nonempty ι) in the second statement of Theorem 4.8 and in the milestones that need it. The proof picks a nonzero vector of Rq\mathbb R^qRq, and at q=0q=0q=0 the equivalence is false (r=1r=1r=1, N=[0]N=[0]N=[0], M=[−1]M=[-1]M=[−1]). The first statement keeps a real multiplier of any sign; the second requires α⩾0\alpha\geqslant0α⩾0, as printed. The hypothesis N ∣ N22=0N\,|\,N_{22}=0N∣N22​=0 together with N∈Πq,rN\in\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}N∈Πq,r​ makes Zr0(N)\mathcal Z_r^0(N)Zr0​(N) nonempty, so the inclusion is never vacuous; a formalization in which Zr0(N)\mathcal Z_r^0(N)Zr0​(N) could be empty, or in which N22†N_{22}^\daggerN22†​ were replaced by the inverse (which is 000 on singular blocks in Lean), would not be this theorem.

Needed infrastructure: existence and uniqueness of the Moore–Penrose pseudo-inverse (needed to work with the definition at all), symmetry of A†A^\daggerA† for symmetric AAA, the generalized Schur complement criterion for [ABB⊤C]⩾0\begin{bmatrix}A&B\\B^\top&C\end{bmatrix}\geqslant0[AB⊤​BC​]⩾0, and positive semidefiniteness under congruence by an invertible matrix. These lemmas are reusable beyond this mission and contributions of them are welcome, as are proofs of the companion Example 4.9.

Selected references

  • H. J. van Waarde, M. K. Camlibel, J. Eising, H. L. Trentelman, Quadratic matrix inequalities with applications to data-based control, SIAM J. Control Optim., 2023; preprint arXiv:2203.12959v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/2203.12959
  • P. Finsler, Über das Vorkommen definiter und semidefiniter Formen in Scharen quadratischer Formen, Comment. Math. Helv. 9 (1937), 188–192. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01258188
  • I. Pólik, T. Terlaky, A survey of the S-lemma, SIAM Review 49 (2007), 371–418. https://doi.org/10.1137/S003614450444614X
  • H. J. van Waarde, J. Eising, H. L. Trentelman, M. K. Camlibel, Data informativity: a new perspective on data-driven analysis and control, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 65 (2020), 4753–4768. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2020.2966717
9 thms1 active userReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Shortest Paths in Graphs of Convex Sets I: The Perspective Mixed-Integer Convex Program (5.5) Has the Same Optimal Value as the Shortest-Path Problem in a Graph of Convex SetsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many planning problems combine a discrete choice with a continuous one. A robot moving through a cluttered room chooses which free regions to traverse and where exactly to cross between them; a vehicle chooses a sequence of operating modes and a trajectory within each mode. Marcucci, Umenberger, Parrilo and Tedrake (arXiv:2101.11565, SIAM J. Optim. 2024, doi:10.1137/22M1523790) abstract this as the shortest-path problem in a graph of convex sets (SPP in GCS): a shortest-path problem in which each vertex is not a point but a convex set, and the length of an edge depends on where in its two sets the path enters and leaves. The paper shows that the problem is NP-hard even in simple cases, and then gives a mixed-integer convex formulation that is exact and whose convex relaxation is strong in practice. That formulation underlies the GCS motion planners developed later by the same group.

Setting

A graph of convex sets consists of a finite directed graph G=(V,E)G = (\mathcal V, \mathcal E)G=(V,E), a source vertex sss, a target vertex t≠st \neq st=s, a nonempty compact convex set Xv⊆Rn\mathcal X_v \subseteq \mathbb R^nXv​⊆Rn for each vertex vvv, and for each edge e=(u,v)e = (u,v)e=(u,v) an edge length ℓe:Rn×Rn→R≥0∪{∞}\ell_e : \mathbb R^n \times \mathbb R^n \to \mathbb R_{\ge 0}\cup\{\infty\}ℓe​:Rn×Rn→R≥0​∪{∞}, which is proper, closed and convex. No symmetry or triangle inequality is assumed. An sss-ttt path is a sequence p=(v0,…,vK)p = (v_0,\dots,v_K)p=(v0​,…,vK​) of distinct vertices with v0=sv_0 = sv0​=s, vK=tv_K = tvK​=t and (vk,vk+1)∈E(v_k, v_{k+1}) \in \mathcal E(vk​,vk+1​)∈E; Ep\mathcal E_pEp​ is the set of its edges. The SPP in GCS (2.1) is

SPP⁡(G):=inf⁡{∑e=(u,v)∈Epℓe(xu,xv):p an s-t path, xv∈Xv for v∈p}.\operatorname{SPP}(G) := \inf\Big\{ \sum_{e=(u,v)\in\mathcal E_p} \ell_e(x_u,x_v) : p \text{ an } s\text{-}t\text{ path},\ x_v \in \mathcal X_v \text{ for } v \in p \Big\}.SPP(G):=inf{e=(u,v)∈Ep​∑​ℓe​(xu​,xv​):p an s-t path, xv​∈Xv​ for v∈p}.

The perspective of a set X\mathcal XX is the closed cone X~:=cl⁡{(x,λ):λ≥0, x∈λX}\tilde{\mathcal X} := \operatorname{cl}\{(x,\lambda) : \lambda \ge 0,\ x \in \lambda\mathcal X\}X~:=cl{(x,λ):λ≥0, x∈λX} (Definition 4.1). The perspective of a function fff is f~(x,λ):=inf⁡{σ:(x,σ,λ)∈epi⁡f~}\tilde f(x,\lambda) := \inf\{\sigma : (x,\sigma,\lambda) \in \widetilde{\operatorname{epi} f}\}f~​(x,λ):=inf{σ:(x,σ,λ)∈epif​}, the function whose epigraph is the perspective of the epigraph of fff (Definition 4.4). For λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 it equals λf(x/λ)\lambda f(x/\lambda)λf(x/λ).

With Evin\mathcal E^{\mathrm{in}}_vEvin​ and Evout\mathcal E^{\mathrm{out}}_vEvout​ the edges entering and leaving vvv, the MICP (5.5) has a flow ye∈{0,1}y_e \in \{0,1\}ye​∈{0,1} and two vectors ze,ze′∈Rnz_e, z'_e \in \mathbb R^nze​,ze′​∈Rn per edge:

minimize ∑e∈Eℓ~e(ze,ze′,ye)s.t. ∑Esoutye=1, ∑Etinye=1,  ∑Evoutye≤1,  ∑Evin(ze′,ye)=∑Evout(ze,ye)  (v≠s,t),(ze,ye)∈X~u, (ze′,ye)∈X~v, ye∈{0,1}  (e=(u,v)∈E).\begin{aligned} \text{minimize}\ & \textstyle\sum_{e\in\mathcal E}\tilde\ell_e(z_e,z'_e,y_e)\\ \text{s.t.}\ & \textstyle\sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{out}}_s} y_e = 1,\ \sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{in}}_t} y_e = 1,\ \ \sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{out}}_v} y_e \le 1,\ \ \sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{in}}_v}(z'_e,y_e) = \sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{out}}_v}(z_e,y_e)\ \ (v\ne s,t),\\ & (z_e,y_e)\in\tilde{\mathcal X}_u,\ (z'_e,y_e)\in\tilde{\mathcal X}_v,\ y_e\in\{0,1\}\ \ (e=(u,v)\in\mathcal E). \end{aligned}minimize s.t. ​∑e∈E​ℓ~e​(ze​,ze′​,ye​)∑Esout​​ye​=1, ∑Etin​​ye​=1,  ∑Evout​​ye​≤1,  ∑Evin​​(ze′​,ye​)=∑Evout​​(ze​,ye​)  (v=s,t),(ze​,ye​)∈X~u​, (ze′​,ye​)∈X~v​, ye​∈{0,1}  (e=(u,v)∈E).​

Its optimal value is MICP⁡(G)\operatorname{MICP}(G)MICP(G). The paper derives (5.5) from a biconvex program (5.2), the shortest-path LP (5.1) together with vertex positions xv∈Xvx_v \in \mathcal X_vxv​∈Xv​ and the bilinear constraints ze=yexuz_e = y_e x_uze​=ye​xu​, ze′=yexvz'_e = y_e x_vze′​=ye​xv​. Lemma 5.4 turns every valid linear inequality on the flows at a vertex into a valid perspective constraint.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.7 (p. 10)

Under the standing assumptions of §2 and the assumption of p. 7 that no edge enters sss and no edge leaves ttt,

MICP⁡(G)=SPP⁡(G).\operatorname{MICP}(G) = \operatorname{SPP}(G).MICP(G)=SPP(G).

Both sides are infima in the extended reals and equal +∞+\infty+∞ when there is no sss-ttt path.

Milestones

  1. Remark 4.2 (p. 5): for bounded closed X\mathcal XX, X~={(x,λ):λ≥0, x∈λX}\tilde{\mathcal X} = \{(x,\lambda): \lambda\ge0,\ x\in\lambda\mathcal X\}X~={(x,λ):λ≥0, x∈λX}.
  2. Remark 4.5 (p. 6): f~(x,λ)=λf(x/λ)\tilde f(x,\lambda) = \lambda f(x/\lambda)f~​(x,λ)=λf(x/λ) for λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, f~=∞\tilde f = \inftyf~​=∞ for λ<0\lambda<0λ<0, f~(0,0)=0\tilde f(0,0)=0f~​(0,0)=0 for proper closed convex fff.
  3. Lemma 5.4 (p. 9): a valid inequality ∑e∈Evceye+d≥0\sum_{e\in\mathcal E_v} c_e y_e + d \ge 0∑e∈Ev​​ce​ye​+d≥0 for (5.2) lifts to the valid constraint (∑Evinceze′+∑Evoutceze+dxv, ∑Evceye+d)∈X~v\big(\sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{in}}_v} c_e z'_e + \sum_{\mathcal E^{\mathrm{out}}_v} c_e z_e + d x_v,\ \sum_{\mathcal E_v} c_e y_e + d\big)\in\tilde{\mathcal X}_v(∑Evin​​ce​ze′​+∑Evout​​ce​ze​+dxv​, ∑Ev​​ce​ye​+d)∈X~v​.
  4. Remark 5.5 (p. 9): the equality version of Lemma 5.4.
  5. Path and cycles (proof of Theorem 5.7): binary flows satisfying (5.5b)–(5.5d) form the vertex-disjoint union of an sss-ttt path and cycles.
  6. Simplification of (5.5e) (proof of Theorem 5.7): ye=0y_e = 0ye​=0 forces ze=ze′=0z_e = z'_e = 0ze​=ze′​=0 at cost 000; ye=1y_e = 1ye​=1 forces ze∈Xuz_e\in\mathcal X_uze​∈Xu​, ze′∈Xvz'_e\in\mathcal X_vze′​∈Xv​ at cost ℓe(ze,ze′)\ell_e(z_e,z'_e)ℓe​(ze​,ze′​).
  7. Flow along the path (proof of Theorem 5.7): for consecutive path edges e,fe, fe,f, ze′=zfz'_e = z_fze′​=zf​.

A companion item states the recovery part of Theorem 5.7 (second and third sentences): an optimal MICP solution yields an optimal path and optimal positions xu=zex_u = z_exu​=ze​, xv=ze′x_v = z'_exv​=ze′​.

Significance

Theorem 5.7 is what makes (5.5) usable: it says that the mixed-integer program, whose only nonconvexity is ye∈{0,1}y_e\in\{0,1\}ye​∈{0,1}, solves the SPP in GCS exactly. The SPP in GCS is NP-hard by Theorem 3.1, so exactness is the most one can ask of a polynomial-size formulation, and dropping integrality gives a convex program whose value is a lower bound for branch and bound. The perspective construction of Lemma 5.4 is a general recipe, closely related to the reformulation-linearization technique, for convexifying products of flows and positions.

On the formal side, the paper's proof is half a page and leaves several points to the reader: why the integer flows decompose into a path and cycles, why the closure in the perspective cone disappears for compact sets, and why the perspective function vanishes at the origin. A machine-checked proof makes these steps explicit. The result has not been formalized before, and the mission also produces reusable statements about perspectives of sets and functions in extended-real arithmetic and about the decomposition of unit sss-ttt flows with degree bounds.

Difficulty

The inequality MICP⁡(G)≤SPP⁡(G)\operatorname{MICP}(G) \le \operatorname{SPP}(G)MICP(G)≤SPP(G) is the routine half: a path and its positions give a feasible point of (5.5) of the same cost. The other half requires reading a path out of an arbitrary feasible point. Integer flows satisfying (5.5b)–(5.5d) need not be a path: they may also contain disjoint cycles, and the degree constraint (5.5c) is what prevents a cycle from sharing a vertex with the path (Example 5.10 shows the value drops without it). The cost of a cycle must be shown to be nonnegative, and the perspective constraints must be shown to collapse to ze=ze′=0z_e = z'_e = 0ze​=ze′​=0 on zero-flow edges. That step uses compactness of Xv\mathcal X_vXv​. For unbounded sets the zero slice of X~v\tilde{\mathcal X}_vX~v​ is the recession cone, and the argument fails. The cost at zero flow is ℓ~e(0,0,0)\tilde\ell_e(0,0,0)ℓ~e​(0,0,0), defined by a closure, and its value 000 uses properness and convexity of ℓe\ell_eℓe​, not just the formula λℓe(⋅/λ)\lambda\ell_e(\cdot/\lambda)λℓe​(⋅/λ).

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is Fin n → ℝ. Edge lengths and all optimal values are EReal; optimal values are infima (⨅/sInf), equal to +∞+\infty+∞ on an empty feasible set. Attainment is not assumed.
  • The graph is a structure with a finite edge set E : Finset (V × V) over a finite vertex type, a source, a target, sets X v and lengths ℓ e. The standing assumptions of §2 (s≠ts\ne ts=t; Xv\mathcal X_vXv​ nonempty, compact, convex; ℓe≥0\ell_e \ge 0ℓe​≥0 proper closed convex) are the predicate IsGCS. The assumption ∣Esin∣=∣Etout∣=0|\mathcal E^{\mathrm{in}}_s| = |\mathcal E^{\mathrm{out}}_t| = 0∣Esin​∣=∣Etout​∣=0 of p. 7 is the separate predicate NoInSNoOutT, a hypothesis of the goal, of the path-and-cycles milestone and of the recovery item.
  • Paths are duplicate-free vertex lists from sss to ttt along edges; Ep\mathcal E_pEp​ is the list of consecutive pairs.
  • The perspective of a function is Definition 4.4's infimum over the closed perspective cone of the epigraph. The formula λf(x/λ)\lambda f(x/\lambda)λf(x/λ) is not used as a definition: in Lean it would evaluate to 000 at λ=0\lambda = 0λ=0 for every argument and erase the content of (5.5e). The integrality constraint ye∈{0,1}y_e \in\{0,1\}ye​∈{0,1} is part of the feasible set; without it the goal is false (§9.4 reports relaxation gaps).
  • Disclosed additions: Lemma 5.4 and Remark 5.5 assume no self-loop at vvv, which the page's partition of Ev\mathcal E_vEv​ into incoming and outgoing edges presupposes. The recovery item takes the sss-ttt path contained in {e:ye=1}\{e : y_e = 1\}{e:ye​=1}, since the page's claim that this set is itself a path fails when an optimal solution carries a zero-length cycle.
  • Needed infrastructure: closures of cones over compact sets, extended-real infima, and the combinatorics of unit flows on finite digraphs. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on perspectives, are welcome.

Selected references

  • T. Marcucci, J. Umenberger, P. A. Parrilo, R. Tedrake, Shortest Paths in Graphs of Convex Sets, SIAM Journal on Optimization 34(1), 2024; arXiv:2101.11565v5. https://arxiv.org/abs/2101.11565
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970 (perspectives and recession cones, §8). https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
  • R. K. Ahuja, T. L. Magnanti, J. B. Orlin, Network Flows: Theory, Algorithms, and Applications, Prentice Hall, 1993 (flow decomposition, shortest-path LP).
  • T. Marcucci, M. Petersen, D. von Wrangel, R. Tedrake, Motion Planning around Obstacles with Convex Optimization, Science Robotics 8(84), 2023. https://doi.org/10.1126/scirobotics.adf7843
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Real-Time Dynamic Pricing for Revenue Management with Reusable Resources, Advance Reservation, and Deterministic Service Time Requirements II: Average-Loss Bound for Batch-Adjusted DPCResearch Paper

Motivation

Hotel rooms, rental cars, cloud servers, operating rooms and rental equipment are reusable resources: a customer occupies capacity for a fixed service time, and the capacity returns to the firm afterwards. Many of these settings also allow advance reservation, where a request made today is for a service that starts later. Lei and Jasin study dynamic pricing in this setting. Prices are posted period by period, demand is non-stationary, and the firm wants revenue close to the best achievable while never booking more units than it owns.

Classical network revenue management, where capacity is sold once and never returns, has an extensive asymptotic theory. In that literature, controls that re-solve or adjust a fluid (deterministic) plan are known to lose a vanishing fraction of the optimal revenue as demand and capacity grow (Gallego and van Ryzin 1997; Jasin 2014). Reusable resources break the standard argument, because each sale removes capacity for a window of time and not for the rest of the horizon. Lei and Jasin give the first control for reusable resources with non-stationary arrivals, deterministic service times and advance reservation whose average loss is o(θ−1/2)o(\theta^{-1/2})o(θ−1/2) in the scale parameter θ\thetaθ (Lei and Jasin, Operations Research 2020).

Setting

A firm manages III resource types with integer capacities Ci≥1C_i \ge 1Ci​≥1 and sells K≥1K \ge 1K≥1 service types over periods t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T. At most one request arrives per period. A type-kkk request made at the beginning of period ttt uses aik∈{0,1}a_{ik} \in \{0,1\}aik​∈{0,1} units of resource iii during periods t+ℓk,…,t+ℓk+nk−1t+\ell_k, \dots, t+\ell_k+n_k-1t+ℓk​,…,t+ℓk​+nk​−1. Here nkn_knk​ is the service time and ℓk\ell_kℓk​ the reservation lead time.

In each period the firm chooses a demand-rate vector λt∈Ωλ=[0,λU]K\lambda^t \in \Omega_\lambda = [0,\lambda_U]^Kλt∈Ωλ​=[0,λU​]K, which is equivalent to choosing prices. A type-kkk request then arrives with probability λkt\lambda^t_kλkt​, independently of the past given λt\lambda^tλt, and the expected revenue rate is rt(λt)r^t(\lambda^t)rt(λt). The deterministic relaxation DET-H maximizes ∑t=1Trt(λt)\sum_{t=1}^T r^t(\lambda^t)∑t=1T​rt(λt) over λt∈Ωλ\lambda^t \in \Omega_\lambdaλt∈Ωλ​, subject to

∑k=1K∑s : s+ℓk≤t≤s+ℓk+nk−1aikλks≤Cifor every resource i and period t≤T.\sum_{k=1}^K \sum_{s \,:\, s+\ell_k \le t \le s+\ell_k+n_k-1} a_{ik}\lambda^s_k \le C_i \qquad \text{for every resource } i \text{ and period } t \le T.k=1∑K​s:s+ℓk​≤t≤s+ℓk​+nk​−1∑​aik​λks​≤Ci​for every resource i and period t≤T.

Its optimal value JHDJ^D_HJHD​ bounds the optimal expected revenue, and the average loss of a control π\piπ is L(π)=(JHD−E[Rπ])/T\mathcal{L}(\pi) = (J^D_H - \mathbf{E}[R^\pi])/TL(π)=(JHD​−E[Rπ])/T. Let λD\lambda^DλD be an optimal solution of DET-H. The quantity n‾k\underline{n}_kn​k​ is the smallest number of periods with λkt,D>0\lambda^{t,D}_k > 0λkt,D​>0 inside any service cycle of type kkk that carries positive demand.

The control DPC-B(m,ϵ)(m,\epsilon)(m,ϵ) splits the horizon, for each type kkk, into adjacent batches Tkb\mathcal{T}_k^bTkb​, each with mkm_kmk​ positive-rate periods. In period ttt it posts

λkt=Proj[0,λU][λkt,D−(ϵkn‾k+1mk∑s∈Tkβk(t)−1(Dks−λks))1{λkt,D>0}],\lambda^t_k = \mathrm{Proj}_{[0,\lambda_U]}\Bigl[\lambda^{t,D}_k - \Bigl(\frac{\epsilon_k}{\underline{n}_k} + \frac{1}{m_k}\sum_{s \in \mathcal{T}_k^{\beta_k(t)-1}} (D^s_k - \lambda^s_k)\Bigr)\mathbf{1}\{\lambda^{t,D}_k > 0\}\Bigr],λkt​=Proj[0,λU​]​[λkt,D​−(n​k​ϵk​​+mk​1​s∈Tkβk​(t)−1​∑​(Dks​−λks​))1{λkt,D​>0}],

where βk(t)\beta_k(t)βk​(t) is the batch containing ttt. The rate is set to 000 when fewer than aika_{ik}aik​ units of some resource iii are free at the service start t+ℓkt+\ell_kt+ℓk​. The buffer ϵk\epsilon_kϵk​ protects capacity, and the batch term corrects for the demand surprises of the previous batch.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3, display (8)

There is a constant M3>0M_3>0M3​>0, depending only on KKK, the curvature constant Ψ\PsiΨ of Assumption A5 and a bound RRR on ∣rt∣|r^t|∣rt∣, such that for every instance, every valid batch partition with mk≤n‾km_k \le \underline{n}_kmk​≤n​k​ and every ϵk\epsilon_kϵk​ in the stated range,

L(DPC-B(m,ϵ))≤M3∑k=1K[ϵkn‾k+1mk+Tmkexp⁡{−(min⁡jϵj−1)2256K2min⁡{max⁡iCi,mk}}].\mathcal{L}(\text{DPC-B}(m,\epsilon)) \le M_3 \sum_{k=1}^K \Bigl[\frac{\epsilon_k}{\underline{n}_k} + \frac{1}{m_k} + \frac{T}{m_k}\exp\Bigl\{-\frac{(\min_j\epsilon_j-1)^2}{256K^2\min\{\max_i C_i, m_k\}}\Bigr\}\Bigr].L(DPC-B(m,ϵ))≤M3​k=1∑K​[n​k​ϵk​​+mk​1​+mk​T​exp{−256K2min{maxi​Ci​,mk​}(minj​ϵj​−1)2​}].

The constant is uniform in TTT, CCC, nkn_knk​, ℓk\ell_kℓk​, mkm_kmk​ and ϵk\epsilon_kϵk​, which is what makes the bound informative.

Milestones

  1. Lemma EC.3: on the good event G(ϵ,m,δ)\mathcal{G}(\epsilon,m,\delta)G(ϵ,m,δ), the free capacity satisfies Ct⪰eC^t \succeq eCt⪰e and the corrected rates stay inside (0,λU)(0,\lambda_U)(0,λU​).
  2. (EC.22): on G\mathcal{G}G, the posted rate equals the unprojected corrected rate.
  3. Lemma EC.4, as proved in (EC.23): P(Gˉ)≤∑k4Tmkexp⁡{min⁡{max⁡iCi,mk}γk2−min⁡jϵj−18Kγk}\mathbf{P}(\bar{\mathcal{G}}) \le \sum_k \frac{4T}{m_k}\exp\{\min\{\max_i C_i, m_k\}\gamma_k^2 - \frac{\min_j\epsilon_j-1}{8K}\gamma_k\}P(Gˉ​)≤∑k​mk​4T​exp{min{maxi​Ci​,mk​}γk2​−8Kminj​ϵj​−1​γk​} for all γk∈(0,1]\gamma_k \in (0,1]γk​∈(0,1].
  4. E[(∑s∈TkbΔks)2]≤mk\mathbf{E}[(\sum_{s\in\mathcal{T}_k^b}\Delta^s_k)^2] \le m_kE[(∑s∈Tkb​​Δks​)2]≤mk​ for every batch.
  5. E([∇rt(λt,D)]⊤(ηδt⊙ηet))=0\mathbf{E}([\nabla r^t(\lambda^{t,D})]^\top(\eta^t_\delta\odot\eta^t_e)) = 0E([∇rt(λt,D)]⊤(ηδt​⊙ηet​))=0.

A companion item states Lemma 2 in this setting: stretching λD\lambda^DλD in time solves DET-H for the θ\thetaθ-th system of display (7).

Significance

Along the scaling (7), Theorem 3 with mk≈n‾k2/3m_k \approx \underline{n}_k^{2/3}mk​≈n​k2/3​ gives an average loss of O(θ−2/3log⁡1/2θ)O(\theta^{-2/3}\log^{1/2}\theta)O(θ−2/3log1/2θ). The non-adaptive control DPC of the same paper achieves O(θ−1/2log⁡1/2θ)O(\theta^{-1/2}\log^{1/2}\theta)O(θ−1/2log1/2θ) (its Theorem 1). The result shows that batch-level feedback improves on the square-root barrier for reusable resources, and it does so with heterogeneous service times and advance reservation, which cover car rental and hotel bookings.

Theorem 3 and its lemmas are proved in the paper's e-companion. No machine-checked proof of them, and no formal model of reusable-resource revenue management, is known. The mission produces a Lean model of the setting: capacity windows with lead times, the availability table C~(t,s)\tilde C(t,s)C~(t,s), an adapted control on finite sample paths, and its exact path law. On top of that model it states the paper's main bound in full. Several printed steps need repair (see the scope section), so a formal proof would also settle the exact constants.

Difficulty

The obvious route bounds each period's loss by a Taylor expansion around λt,D\lambda^{t,D}λt,D and controls the deviations by a martingale inequality. That route needs the control to coincide with the unprojected corrected rate for the whole horizon, that is, no capacity shortfall and no clipping. Capacity is a moving window of overlapping services with different lengths and lead times, so a shortfall at one period depends on requests made up to nk+ℓkn_k+\ell_knk​+ℓk​ periods earlier, in other batches and other types. The batch correction makes the rates depend on past errors, so the errors are martingale differences, not independent variables. The concentration bound must hold uniformly over batches whose number grows with TTT, with a variance proxy min⁡{max⁡iCi,mk}\min\{\max_i C_i, m_k\}min{maxi​Ci​,mk​} that is not the batch length. The early periods, before any service of type kkk has completed, need a separate threshold (the two cases of (EC.17)).

Formalization scope

All objects are defined in the namespace ReusablePricing.DPCB. The conventions are fixed as follows.

  • Periods are 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T. A sample path is a function Fin T → Option (Fin K), recording no request or one request of a type in each period. Expectations are finite sums against the exact path law: the product over periods of the one-period law, whose probabilities are the rates posted given the past. The demand law is never left as a hypothesis.
  • Decisions are rates. A turn-off is rate 000. Prices and A1–A3 do not appear. The bound RRR on ∣rt∣|r^t|∣rt∣ over Ωλ\Omega_\lambdaΩλ​ replaces the proofs' rur^uru. KλU≤1K\lambda_U \le 1KλU​≤1 is assumed, as implied by at most one request per period.
  • Capacity windows are empty for t≤ℓkt \le \ell_kt≤ℓk​. Ct=C~(t,t)C^t = \tilde C(t,t)Ct=C~(t,t), and C~\tilde CC~ is defined by its defining sentence on p. 18, not by the update rule of Step 2a, whose indices do not match its own explanation. Admission is tested for services starting within the horizon.
  • n‾\underline{n}n​ in (EC.17) is min⁡kn‾k\min_k\underline{n}_kmink​n​k​. The events of (EC.16) are read over the batches Tkb\mathcal{T}_k^bTkb​. Statements "on G\mathcal{G}G" are made on paths of positive probability.
  • Lemma EC.4 is stated with the 8K8K8K that its proof establishes, not the printed 4K4K4K.
  • Goal statements carry every standing hypothesis of Section 6: optimality of λD\lambda^DλD, the convention λkt,D∈{0}∪(0,λU)\lambda^{t,D}_k\in\{0\}\cup(0,\lambda_U)λkt,D​∈{0}∪(0,λU​), A4, A5, and the existence of a demand-carrying cycle for every type, which n‾k\underline{n}_kn​k​ presupposes. The sanity check exhibits instances, with and without lead time, where all hypotheses of Theorem 3 hold and the ϵ\epsilonϵ-range is nonempty.

The constant M3M_3M3​ is quantified before the instance, after only KKK, Ψ\PsiΨ and RRR. Choosing it after the instance would make the bound trivial, because the loss never exceeds 2R2R2R.

A complete development needs Freedman- or Doob-type inequalities for bounded martingale differences on finite path spaces, second-order Taylor bounds for C2C^2C2 functions on boxes in RK\mathbb{R}^KRK, and window-counting lemmas for capacity. The first two are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions of any of the milestones, of general martingale tools for finite adapted processes, or of a proof of the companion Lemma 2 are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Lei and S. Jasin, Real-Time Dynamic Pricing for Revenue Management with Reusable Resources, Advance Reservation, and Deterministic Service Time Requirements, Operations Research, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1906 (author manuscript: SSRN 2816718, https://ssrn.com/abstract=2816718)
  • G. Gallego and G. van Ryzin, A Multiproduct Dynamic Pricing Problem and Its Applications to Network Yield Management, Operations Research 45(1), 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.45.1.24
  • S. Jasin, Reoptimization and Self-Adjusting Price Control for Network Revenue Management, Operations Research 62(5), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1276
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Real-Time Dynamic Pricing for Revenue Management with Reusable Resources, Advance Reservation, and Deterministic Service Time Requirements I: Average-Loss Bound for Deterministic Price ControlResearch Paper

Motivation

Hotel rooms, rental cars, cloud servers, hospital beds and event spaces are reusable resources: a customer occupies a unit for a while and then returns it. Pricing them differs from classical revenue management, where a sold unit is gone for good. A sale now blocks capacity only for the length of the service, so the binding constraint is how many services overlap at once. Lei and Jasin (Oper. Res. 2020) study dynamic pricing in this setting with deterministic service times and, in the general model, advance reservations. They measure a pricing control by its average loss against a deterministic (fluid) benchmark.

The paper has two main results. Theorem 1 bounds the loss of a static heuristic, the Deterministic Price Control DPC(ϵ\epsilonϵ). Theorem 3 bounds the loss of an adaptive variant and is treated in the companion mission (II). This mission formalizes Theorem 1, the lemmas its proof rests on (Lemmas EC.1–EC.2 and the displays (EC.14), (EC.15) of the e-companion), and two structural lemmas of the model: the fluid upper bound J∗≤JDJ^* \le J^DJ∗≤JD (Lemma 1) and the scaling of the fluid solution (Lemma 2).

Setting

A firm manages III resource types with integer capacities C=(Ci)⪰eC = (C_i) \succeq eC=(Ci​)⪰e and offers JJJ service types over periods t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T. At most one request arrives per period. A type-jjj request uses aij∈{0,1}a_{ij} \in \{0,1\}aij​∈{0,1} units of resource iii for nnn consecutive periods (a service cycle), and nnn divides TTT.

The firm posts a demand-rate vector λt∈Ωλ=[0,λU]J\lambda^t \in \Omega_\lambda = [0,\lambda_U]^Jλt∈Ωλ​=[0,λU​]J with λU≤1\lambda_U \le 1λU​≤1. A type-jjj request then arrives with probability λjt\lambda^t_jλjt​, independently of earlier periods given the posted rates, and the firm earns the revenue rate rt(λt)r^t(\lambda^t)rt(λt). Writing Djs∈{0,1}D^s_j \in \{0,1\}Djs​∈{0,1} for realized arrivals and (x)+=max⁡{1,x}(x)^+ = \max\{1,x\}(x)+=max{1,x}, the capacity free at the beginning of period ttt is

Ct=C−∑s=(t−n+1)+t−1ADs.C^t = C - \sum_{s=(t-n+1)^+}^{t-1} A D^s .Ct=C−s=(t−n+1)+∑t−1​ADs.

The deterministic relaxation is

DET:JD=max⁡{∑t=1Trt(λt):λt∈Ωλ, ∑s=(t−n+1)+tAλs⪯C  ∀t≤T},\mathbf{DET}:\quad J^D = \max\Big\{\sum_{t=1}^T r^t(\lambda^t) : \lambda^t \in \Omega_\lambda,\ \sum_{s=(t-n+1)^+}^{t} A\lambda^s \preceq C \ \ \forall t \le T\Big\},DET:JD=max{t=1∑T​rt(λt):λt∈Ωλ​, s=(t−n+1)+∑t​Aλs⪯C  ∀t≤T},

with optimal solution λD=(λt,D)\lambda^D = (\lambda^{t,D})λD=(λt,D). The revenue rates are strictly concave, bounded by RRR in absolute value, and have interior maximizers (A4). Near λt,D\lambda^{t,D}λt,D their gradients and Hessians are bounded by Ψ\PsiΨ (A5, with margins φL,φU\varphi_L, \varphi_UφL​,φU​).

The quantity n‾\underline nn​ of display (2) is the smallest number of periods with λjs,D>0\lambda^{s,D}_j > 0λjs,D​>0 in any service cycle that carries positive demand for some type jjj.

DPC(ϵ\epsilonϵ) posts, in period ttt, the rate λjt,D−(ϵ/n‾)1{λjt,D>0}\lambda^{t,D}_j - (\epsilon/\underline n)\mathbf 1\{\lambda^{t,D}_j > 0\}λjt,D​−(ϵ/n​)1{λjt,D​>0}, clamped to [0,λU][0,\lambda_U][0,λU​], for every type jjj with Ct⪰AjC^t \succeq A^jCt⪰Aj. It turns off every other type (rate 000). The average loss of a control π\piπ is L(π)=(JD−E[Rπ])/T\mathcal L(\pi) = (J^D - \mathbf E[R^\pi])/TL(π)=(JD−E[Rπ])/T.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 13)

For ϵ∈(1,min⁡{min⁡{φL,φU}n‾, 6min⁡{max⁡iCi,n}+1}]\epsilon \in \big(1, \min\{\min\{\varphi_L,\varphi_U\}\underline n,\ 6\min\{\max_i C_i, n\} + 1\}\big]ϵ∈(1,min{min{φL​,φU​}n​, 6min{maxi​Ci​,n}+1}],

L(DPC(ϵ))≤M1[ϵn‾+Tnexp⁡{−(ϵ−1)236min⁡{max⁡iCi,n}}],\mathcal L(DPC(\epsilon)) \le M_1\Big[\frac{\epsilon}{\underline n} + \frac{T}{n}\exp\Big\{-\frac{(\epsilon-1)^2}{36\min\{\max_i C_i, n\}}\Big\}\Big],L(DPC(ϵ))≤M1​[n​ϵ​+nT​exp{−36min{maxi​Ci​,n}(ϵ−1)2​}],

with M1>0M_1 > 0M1​>0 depending only on JJJ, Ψ\PsiΨ and RRR, and not on TTT, CCC, nnn, ϵ\epsilonϵ or the other data.

Milestones (EC.3)

  1. Lemma EC.1. On the event G(ϵ,δ)\mathcal G(\epsilon,\delta)G(ϵ,δ) that cumulative demand errors stay below δ=(n‾−1)(ϵ−1)/(3n‾)\delta = (\underline n-1)(\epsilon-1)/(3\underline n)δ=(n​−1)(ϵ−1)/(3n​) within every cycle, Ct⪰eC^t \succeq eCt⪰e and λjt,D−ϵ/n‾∈(0,λU)\lambda^{t,D}_j - \epsilon/\underline n \in (0,\lambda_U)λjt,D​−ϵ/n​∈(0,λU​).
  2. (EC.14). On G(ϵ,δ)\mathcal G(\epsilon,\delta)G(ϵ,δ), DPC posts exactly λjt,D−(ϵ/n‾)1{λjt,D>0}\lambda^{t,D}_j - (\epsilon/\underline n)\mathbf 1\{\lambda^{t,D}_j>0\}λjt,D​−(ϵ/n​)1{λjt,D​>0}.
  3. (EC.15). E[exp⁡{±γ∑s∈cycle bΔjs}]≤exp⁡{min⁡{max⁡iCi,n}γ2}\mathbf E[\exp\{\pm\gamma\sum_{s\in\text{cycle }b}\Delta^s_j\}] \le \exp\{\min\{\max_i C_i,n\}\gamma^2\}E[exp{±γ∑s∈cycle b​Δjs​}]≤exp{min{maxi​Ci​,n}γ2} for γ∈(0,1]\gamma \in (0,1]γ∈(0,1].
  4. Lemma EC.2. P(Gˉ(ϵ,δ))≤(2JT/n)exp⁡{min⁡{max⁡iCi,n}γ2−δγ}\mathbf P(\bar{\mathcal G}(\epsilon,\delta)) \le (2JT/n)\exp\{\min\{\max_i C_i,n\}\gamma^2 - \delta\gamma\}P(Gˉ​(ϵ,δ))≤(2JT/n)exp{min{maxi​Ci​,n}γ2−δγ}.
  5. Step 2. JD−E[RDPC(ϵ)]≤T(ΨJϵ/n‾+(4RJT/n)exp⁡{min⁡{max⁡iCi,n}γ2−δγ})J^D - \mathbf E[R^{DPC(\epsilon)}] \le T\big(\Psi J\epsilon/\underline n + (4RJT/n)\exp\{\min\{\max_i C_i,n\}\gamma^2 - \delta\gamma\}\big)JD−E[RDPC(ϵ)]≤T(ΨJϵ/n​+(4RJT/n)exp{min{maxi​Ci​,n}γ2−δγ}).

Companion statements: Lemma 1 (J∗≤JDJ^* \le J^DJ∗≤JD for every feasible non-anticipating control) and Lemma 2 (for integer θ≥1\theta \ge 1θ≥1, λ⌈t/θ⌉,D\lambda^{\lceil t/\theta\rceil,D}λ⌈t/θ⌉,D solves the DET of the θ\thetaθ-th system T(θ)=θTT^{(\theta)} = \theta TT(θ)=θT, C(θ)=θCC^{(\theta)} = \theta CC(θ)=θC, n(θ)=θnn^{(\theta)} = \theta nn(θ)=θn).

Significance

Along the scaling (1), choosing ϵ\epsilonϵ of order θlog⁡θ\sqrt{\theta\log\theta}θlogθ​ in Theorem 1 gives an average loss of O(θ−1/2log⁡1/2θ)O(\theta^{-1/2}\log^{1/2}\theta)O(θ−1/2log1/2θ). A control computed entirely before the selling horizon is therefore asymptotically optimal for reusable resources, with an explicit rate. This bound is the baseline against which the paper's adaptive control (Theorem 3, rate O(θ−2/3log⁡1/2θ)O(\theta^{-2/3}\log^{1/2}\theta)O(θ−2/3log1/2θ)) is measured.

The proof shows a pattern common to fluid-based revenue management: a high-probability event on which the heuristic follows the fluid plan exactly, a martingale maximal inequality bounding the complement, and a Taylor bound for the cost of the buffer. Reusable resources add one ingredient: capacity is checked over sliding windows of length nnn.

The results are proved on paper; none is machine-checked. The formalization would provide a checked version of the model (sliding-window capacity, at most one arrival per period, turn-off), of the high-probability analysis, and of the uniform constant. The printed proof has slips that a checked proof must repair. In particular, the exponent obtained by EC.3's choice of γ\gammaγ is −n‾−2n‾⋅(ϵ−1)236min⁡{⋅}-\frac{\underline n-2}{\underline n}\cdot\frac{(\epsilon-1)^2}{36\min\{\cdot\}}−n​n​−2​⋅36min{⋅}(ϵ−1)2​; it differs from the printed one by an amount that a larger M1M_1M1​ absorbs.

Difficulty

The obvious argument says that DPC keeps an ϵ\epsilonϵ buffer, so it rarely runs out of capacity. The difficulty is that "rarely" has to hold uniformly over every sliding window of nnn periods. The rates DPC posts are themselves random, because a type is turned off whenever the realized free capacity is short.

Lemma EC.1 breaks this circularity by induction over periods on a fixed event. A capacity window of length n−1n-1n−1 straddles two consecutive cycles, which costs a factor 333 in δ\deltaδ, and only the periods with positive deterministic demand carry a buffer, which is why n‾\underline nn​ appears. The demand errors form a martingale-difference sequence with predictable, path-dependent rates, so (EC.15) needs a pathwise bound on the cumulative rate within a cycle. That bound comes from the DET constraint, not from independence.

Finally, the constant M1M_1M1​ must not depend on the instance. A bound in which M1M_1M1​ may depend on TTT or CCC is trivial, since the loss never exceeds 2R2R2R.

Formalization scope

Everything is stated in demand rates, as the paper does for DET and in all its proofs. Prices, A1–A3 and the price-derivative part of A5 do not appear. A turned-off type has rate 000.

A sample path is a function from {1,…,T}\{1,\dots,T\}{1,…,T} to "no request" or "one request of type jjj". Its probability is the product of the per-period probabilities under the rates the control posts, so expectations are finite sums. Expected revenue is E[∑trt(λt)]\mathbf E[\sum_t r^t(\lambda^t)]E[∑t​rt(λt)], the tower-property form of the proofs. Periods are 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T, and window sums whose upper limit falls below the lower limit are empty.

The standing hypotheses, bundled as Standing φL φU Ψ R n̲, are:

  • I,J,n,T≥1I, J, n, T \ge 1I,J,n,T≥1, n∣Tn \mid Tn∣T, aij∈{0,1}a_{ij} \in \{0,1\}aij​∈{0,1} with a 111 in every column, C⪰eC \succeq eC⪰e, λU∈(0,1]\lambda_U \in (0,1]λU​∈(0,1];
  • JλU≤1J\lambda_U \le 1JλU​≤1 (added: one arrival per period on all of Ωλ\Omega_\lambdaΩλ​);
  • λD\lambda^DλD optimal for DET, with λjt,D∈{0}∪(0,λU)\lambda^{t,D}_j \in \{0\} \cup (0,\lambda_U)λjt,D​∈{0}∪(0,λU​);
  • A4 with the explicit bound RRR on ∣rt∣|r^t|∣rt∣, which replaces the paper's rur^uru;
  • A5, with the Hessian condition as a bound on the quadratic form;
  • n‾\underline nn​ as in (2), stated as an attained minimum, so n‾≥1\underline n \ge 1n​≥1;
  • the cycle assumption of p. 11.

The statements "on G(ϵ,δ)\mathcal G(\epsilon,\delta)G(ϵ,δ)" are claimed for every path of positive probability in the event. Theorem 1 quantifies M1M_1M1​ after JJJ, Ψ\PsiΨ, RRR and before everything else. This rules out the trivial reading in which M1M_1M1​ is chosen per instance. Step 2 uses n‾\underline nn​ where the printed line has nnn, and RRR for rur^uru. θ\thetaθ in Lemma 2 is an integer.

Two definition files carry the model: ReusablePricing.DPC.Model holds the instance, DET, A4–A5, n‾\underline nn​ and the θ\thetaθ-th system; ReusablePricing.DPC.Control holds the path law, DPC, loss, events and general controls. A complete proof needs a finite-path martingale toolkit: a Doob-type maximal inequality for exponential submartingales on a finite product space, and the Bernoulli moment-generating-function bound. It also needs a multivariate mean-value or Taylor estimate on a box and an induction over sliding capacity windows. The martingale tools are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of those general lemmas, of proofs of individual milestones, and of the optional asymptotic corollary (4) are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Lei and S. Jasin, Real-Time Dynamic Pricing for Revenue Management with Reusable Resources, Advance Reservation, and Deterministic Service Time Requirements, Operations Research 68(3), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1906 (author manuscript: SSRN 2816718, https://ssrn.com/abstract=2816718)
  • G. Gallego and G. van Ryzin, A Multiproduct Dynamic Pricing Problem and Its Applications to Network Yield Management, Operations Research 45(1), 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.45.1.24
  • S. Jasin, Reoptimization and Self-Adjusting Price Control for Network Revenue Management, Operations Research 62(5), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1294
  • D. Williams, Probability with Martingales, Cambridge University Press, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511813658
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Convergence of Decomposition Methods for Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs 1: Deterministic Cutting-Plane Bellman Approximations Become Exact Along the Generated TrajectoriesResearch Paper

Motivation

Multistage stochastic programs model sequential decisions under uncertainty: hydro-thermal scheduling, inventory and capacity planning, portfolio management. The dominant solution methods, Stochastic Dual Dynamic Programming (SDDP, Pereira and Pinto 1991) and its relatives CUPPS and DOASA, never compute the Bellman (future-cost) functions of the problem. Instead they build outer approximations of them by cutting planes: affine minorants obtained from the optimal values and Lagrange multipliers of one-stage subproblems. Practitioners run these methods on very large problems, so the question of whether, and in what sense, the approximations converge is of direct practical relevance.

Earlier convergence proofs (Philpott and Guan 2008; Shapiro 2011) rely on linear stage problems, where only finitely many distinct cuts can be generated and convergence is finite. Girardeau, Leclère and Philpott (Math. Oper. Res. 2015) prove convergence for convex stage problems, where infinitely many distinct cuts may appear and finite termination is lost. This mission covers the first half of that paper: the deterministic multistage problem (§2), whose proof contains the whole scheme of the argument. The stochastic scenario-tree version is the companion mission of this series.

Setting

Fix a horizon T≥1T\ge1T≥1. States lie in Rd\mathbb R^dRd and controls in Rp\mathbb R^pRp; values are in R‾=R∪{±∞}\overline{\mathbb R}=\mathbb R\cup\{\pm\infty\}R=R∪{±∞}. The data are state sets Xt⊆Rd\mathcal X_t\subseteq\mathbb R^dXt​⊆Rd, control multifunctions Ut:Rd⇉Rp\mathcal U_t:\mathbb R^d\rightrightarrows\mathbb R^pUt​:Rd⇉Rp, stage costs Ct(x,u)∈R∪{+∞}C_t(x,u)\in\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}Ct​(x,u)∈R∪{+∞}, linear dynamics ft(x,u)f_t(x,u)ft​(x,u), a final cost VTV_TVT​ and an initial state x0x_0x0​. The problem (1) is

min⁡x,u ∑t=0T−1Ct(xt,ut)+VT(xT)s.t. xt+1=ft(xt,ut), xt∈Xt, ut∈Ut(xt).\min_{x,u}\ \sum_{t=0}^{T-1}C_t(x_t,u_t)+V_T(x_T)\quad\text{s.t. } x_{t+1}=f_t(x_t,u_t),\ x_t\in\mathcal X_t,\ u_t\in\mathcal U_t(x_t).x,umin​ t=0∑T−1​Ct​(xt​,ut​)+VT​(xT​)s.t. xt+1​=ft​(xt​,ut​), xt​∈Xt​, ut​∈Ut​(xt​).

The Bellman functions are Vt(x)=inf⁡u∈Ut(x)Wt(x,u)V_t(x)=\inf_{u\in\mathcal U_t(x)}W_t(x,u)Vt​(x)=infu∈Ut​(x)​Wt​(x,u) on Xt\mathcal X_tXt​ and +∞+\infty+∞ elsewhere, with Wt(x,u)=Ct(x,u)+Vt+1(ft(x,u))W_t(x,u)=C_t(x,u)+V_{t+1}(f_t(x,u))Wt​(x,u)=Ct​(x,u)+Vt+1​(ft​(x,u)).

Assumptions (H₁) require Ut\mathcal U_tUt​ to be a convex multifunction with convex compact values; CtC_tCt​ and VTV_TVT​ to be convex, lower semicontinuous and proper; and VTV_TVT​ to be finite and Lipschitz on XT\mathcal X_TXT​. They also require extended relatively complete recourse (ERCR): for some δt>0\delta_t>0δt​>0, on the enlarged set Xt′=Xt+Bt(δt)\mathcal X'_t=\mathcal X_t+B_t(\delta_t)Xt′​=Xt​+Bt​(δt​) (a δt\delta_tδt​-neighbourhood inside the affine hull of Xt\mathcal X_tXt​) the cost CtC_tCt​ is finite and some admissible control leads into Xt+1\mathcal X_{t+1}Xt+1​.

The cutting-plane method keeps approximations VtkV^k_tVtk​, starting from Vt0≡−∞V^0_t\equiv-\inftyVt0​≡−∞ and with VTk=VTV^k_T=V_TVTk​=VT​. At iteration kkk it runs forward from x0k=x0x^k_0=x_0x0k​=x0​. At each stage it solves the one-stage problem with Vt+1k−1V^{k-1}_{t+1}Vt+1k−1​ in place of Vt+1V_{t+1}Vt+1​, which gives a minimizer utku^k_tutk​, the optimal value θtk\theta^k_tθtk​ and a Lagrange multiplier βtk\beta^k_tβtk​ of the constraint x=xtkx=x^k_tx=xtk​. It then adds the cut

Vtk(x)=max⁡(Vtk−1(x), θtk+⟨βtk,x−xtk⟩)V^k_t(x)=\max\big(V^{k-1}_t(x),\ \theta^k_t+\langle\beta^k_t,x-x^k_t\rangle\big)Vtk​(x)=max(Vtk−1​(x), θtk​+⟨βtk​,x−xtk​⟩)

and moves to xt+1k=ft(xtk,utk)x^k_{t+1}=f_t(x^k_t,u^k_t)xt+1k​=ft​(xtk​,utk​). The approximate cost-to-go is Wtk(x,u)=Ct(x,u)+Vt+1k(ft(x,u))W^k_t(x,u)=C_t(x,u)+V^k_{t+1}(f_t(x,u))Wtk​(x,u)=Ct​(x,u)+Vt+1k​(ft​(x,u)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

For every run of the method and every t=0,…,T−1t=0,\dots,T-1t=0,…,T−1,

lim⁡k→∞Wt(xtk,utk)−Vt(xtk)=0andlim⁡k→∞Vt(xtk)−Vtk(xtk)=0.\lim_{k\to\infty}W_t(x^k_t,u^k_t)-V_t(x^k_t)=0\qquad\text{and}\qquad\lim_{k\to\infty}V_t(x^k_t)-V^k_t(x^k_t)=0.k→∞lim​Wt​(xtk​,utk​)−Vt​(xtk​)=0andk→∞lim​Vt​(xtk​)−Vtk​(xtk​)=0.

The first limit says the computed decisions become optimal for the true Bellman functions; the second says the cuts become exact at the visited states. Nothing is claimed away from the generated trajectories.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  • Lemma 5.1 (marginal functions of convex problems over convex multifunctions are convex, and attained);
  • the tightness identity (10), Vtk(xtk)=θtk=Wtk−1(xtk,utk)V^k_t(x^k_t)=\theta^k_t=W^{k-1}_t(x^k_t,u^k_t)Vtk​(xtk​)=θtk​=Wtk−1​(xtk​,utk​);
  • Lemma 2.2 (i)–(iii): VtV_tVt​ convex and Lipschitz on Xt\mathcal X_tXt​; validity Vtk≤V~t≤VtV^k_t\le\tilde V_t\le V_tVtk​≤V~t​≤Vt​; bounded multipliers;
  • Corollary 2.1 (one Lipschitz constant for all cuts);
  • Lemma 5.2 (monotone Lipschitz minorants on a compact set);
  • the two halves of the backward induction step of the proof of Theorem 2.1.

Companion items state that runs exist under (H₁) and give Kelley's cutting-plane lemma (Lemma 2.1), the warm-up result of §2.

Significance

Theorem 2.1 is a convergence guarantee for cutting-plane decomposition of nonlinear convex multistage problems. It does not depend on finitely many dual extreme points, so it covers problems with nonlinear convex costs and convex control constraints. The result is the template for the stochastic Theorem 3.1, which covers SDDP, CUPPS and DOASA as special cases of a general node-selection scheme. Along the way the paper isolates ERCR, a constraint qualification that is exactly what bounds the Lagrange multipliers and makes the cuts uniformly Lipschitz.

The result is proved in the paper; as far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. This mission produces a Lean statement of the deterministic algorithm, with extended-real Bellman functions, cut validity, and multiplier selection as a predicate on runs. It also supplies the statements of the reusable lemmas: marginal-function convexity, the monotone-minorant lemma, Kelley's method. Formal proofs of the milestones, alternative arguments, and explicit Lipschitz constants are all open.

Difficulty

The naive argument, "the approximations increase and are bounded by VtV_tVt​, so they converge", only gives pointwise convergence of VtkV^k_tVtk​ to some limit below VtV_tVt​. It does not show that the limit equals VtV_tVt​ at the states actually visited, and the visited states change from iteration to iteration. The proof must control cuts computed at one state when they are evaluated at another. This needs a uniform bound on the multipliers βtk\beta^k_tβtk​. That bound comes from ERCR (moving a distance δt/2\delta_t/2δt​/2 in every direction of the affine hull stays where the cost is finite), together with Lipschitz continuity of VtV_tVt​ on a compact set lying inside the relative interior of its domain. Without ERCR the multipliers can be unbounded and the argument breaks. A second difficulty is the backward induction itself: the conclusion at stage ttt uses both limits at stage t+1t+1t+1, and passing from Vt+1kV^k_{t+1}Vt+1k​ to Vt+1k−1V^{k-1}_{t+1}Vt+1k−1​ needs a compactness argument (Lemma 5.2).

Formalization scope

States are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and controls EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p); costs and value functions are EReal-valued. Convexity of an extended-real function means convexity of its epigraph. Minima are EReal infima (+∞+\infty+∞ over an empty set), with attainment stated separately. VTV_TVT​ is extended by +∞+\infty+∞ outside XT\mathcal X_TXT​.

The Lagrange multiplier condition is encoded by (12): βtk\beta^k_tβtk​ lies in the direction space of Aff⁡(Xt)\operatorname{Aff}(\mathcal X_t)Aff(Xt​) and is a subgradient, on Aff⁡(Xt)\operatorname{Aff}(\mathcal X_t)Aff(Xt​), of the stage optimal value at xtkx^k_txtk​. A run is a predicate on (x,u,θ,β)(x,u,\theta,\beta)(x,u,θ,β): any minimizer and any multiplier are allowed. The paper's iteration k≥1k\ge1k≥1 is Lean's k + 1.

Standing assumptions added to (H₁), all used by the paper's proofs:

  • T>0T>0T>0;
  • every Xt\mathcal X_tXt​ (t≤Tt\le Tt≤T) is convex and compact (the paper uses this on pp. 5, 8 and 11 and states it as (H₂)(1) in §3);
  • x0∈X0x_0\in\mathcal X_0x0​∈X0​.

Deviations from the page:

  • Lemma 5.1 is stated for a jointly convex J(x,u)J(x,u)J(x,u), the form its proof and its use need.
  • Lemma 2.2 (ii) states Vtk≤V~tV^k_t\le\tilde V_tVtk​≤V~t​ on Aff⁡(Xt)\operatorname{Aff}(\mathcal X_t)Aff(Xt​). The printed "everywhere" fails outside the affine hull when that hull is a proper subspace.
  • Corollary 2.1 is stated wherever VtkV^k_tVtk​ is finite, because Vtk≡−∞V^k_t\equiv-\inftyVtk​≡−∞ during the first T−1−tT-1-tT−1−t iterations.

Limits are Tendsto … (𝓝 0) in EReal. There, convergence to 000 forces the differences to be eventually finite, so a value of ±∞\pm\infty±∞ cannot make a limit hold for free. The goal's hypotheses are exactly (H₁) and the run predicate. Statements that only assert the existence of a good run, or bound θtk\theta^k_tθtk​ instead of the cuts, are not formalizations of Theorem 2.1.

A complete development needs:

  • Lipschitz continuity of a convex function on a compact subset of the relative interior of its domain;
  • the existence of subgradients relative to an affine subspace;
  • marginal-function convexity for extended-real functions.

All three are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the companion items.

Selected references

  • P. Girardeau, V. Leclère, A. B. Philpott, On the Convergence of Decomposition Methods for Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs, Mathematics of Operations Research 40(1), 2015; author's version hal-01208295v1. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0664, https://hal.science/hal-01208295
  • M. V. F. Pereira, L. M. V. G. Pinto, Multi-stage stochastic optimization applied to energy planning, Mathematical Programming 52, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582895
  • A. B. Philpott, Z. Guan, On the convergence of stochastic dual dynamic programming and related methods, Operations Research Letters 36(4), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orl.2008.01.013
  • A. Shapiro, Analysis of stochastic dual dynamic programming method, European Journal of Operational Research 209(1), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2010.08.007
  • J. E. Kelley, The cutting-plane method for solving convex programs, Journal of the SIAM 8(4), 1960. https://doi.org/10.1137/0108053
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Optimization Based on Gradient Tracking Revisited: Enhancing Convergence Rate via Surrogation 1: SONATA Converges R-Linearly over Undirected Graphs for Small Step SizesResearch Paper

Motivation

In distributed optimization, mmm agents connected by a communication network jointly minimize the average of their private losses, exchanging vectors only with their neighbours. This is the computational model of decentralized machine learning (data held by many machines, no central server), of sensor networks and of multi-agent control. A central family of methods is gradient tracking: each agent keeps, besides its copy of the decision variable, an estimate of the network-wide average gradient, refreshed by mixing with neighbours. Gradient tracking removes the steady-state bias of plain decentralized gradient descent and, for smooth strongly convex problems, converges linearly (Nedić, Olshevsky & Shi 2017; Qu & Li 2018).

Sun, Daneshmand and Scutari (arXiv:1905.02637v2, SIAM J. Optim. 2022) study SONATA, a gradient-tracking scheme in which each agent replaces its loss by a strongly convex surrogate and solves a small local problem per round. The setting is broader than earlier linear-rate results in three ways: the problem may be composite (a convex, possibly nonsmooth regularizer GGG), constrained (a closed convex set K\mathcal KK), and only the average loss needs to be strongly convex, not each local loss. Linearizing surrogates recover proximal gradient tracking; surrogates that keep the full local loss recover DANE- and CEASE-type methods, whose rates improve when the local losses are similar.

Setting

Agents i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m hold functions fi:Rd→Rf_i:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rfi​:Rd→R. With F=1m∑ifiF=\frac1m\sum_if_iF=m1​∑i​fi​, Problem (P) is

min⁡x∈K U(x)=F(x)+G(x).\min_{\mathbf x\in\mathcal K}\ U(\mathbf x)=F(\mathbf x)+G(\mathbf x).x∈Kmin​ U(x)=F(x)+G(x).

Assumption A: K\mathcal KK is nonempty, closed and convex; each fif_ifi​ is twice differentiable on an open set O⊇K\mathcal O\supseteq\mathcal KO⊇K and convex; μI⪯∇2F(x)⪯LI\mu\mathbf I\preceq\nabla^2F(\mathbf x)\preceq L\mathbf IμI⪯∇2F(x)⪯LI on K\mathcal KK with μ>0\mu>0μ>0; GGG is convex on K\mathcal KK. Then μiI⪯∇2fi⪯LiI\mu_i\mathbf I\preceq\nabla^2f_i\preceq L_i\mathbf Iμi​I⪯∇2fi​⪯Li​I on K\mathcal KK for some constants (display (1)), and Lmx=max⁡iLiL_{\rm mx}=\max_iL_iLmx​=maxi​Li​.

The network is a connected undirected graph G\mathcal GG on the agents (Assumption B) and a doubly stochastic weight matrix W=(wij)\mathbf W=(w_{ij})W=(wij​) with wii>0w_{ii}>0wii​>0, wij>0w_{ij}>0wij​>0 on edges and wij=0w_{ij}=0wij​=0 off edges (Assumption D). Its mixing rate is ρ=σ(W^−J)\rho=\sigma(\widehat{\mathbf W}-\mathbf J)ρ=σ(W−J), the largest singular value of W−1m11⊤\mathbf W-\frac1m\mathbf 1\mathbf 1^\topW−m1​11⊤ (tensored with Id\mathbf I_dId​).

Each agent has a surrogate f~i(x;z)\tilde f_i(\mathbf x;\mathbf z)f~​i​(x;z), C2C^2C2 on O×O\mathcal O\times\mathcal OO×O, whose gradient in x\mathbf xx matches ∇fi\nabla f_i∇fi​ at x=z\mathbf x=\mathbf zx=z, is L~i\tilde L_iL~i​-Lipschitz, and which is μ~i\tilde\mu_iμ~​i​-strongly convex in x\mathbf xx (Assumption C). Display (15) supplies constants with DiℓI⪯∇2f~i(x,y)−∇2F(x)⪯DiuID_i^\ell\mathbf I\preceq\nabla^2\tilde f_i(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)-\nabla^2F(\mathbf x)\preceq D_i^u\mathbf IDiℓ​I⪯∇2f~​i​(x,y)−∇2F(x)⪯Diu​I on K×K\mathcal K\times\mathcal KK×K; Di=max⁡{∣Diℓ∣,∣Diu∣}D_i=\max\{|D_i^\ell|,|D_i^u|\}Di​=max{∣Diℓ​∣,∣Diu​∣}, μ~mn=min⁡iμ~i\tilde\mu_{\rm mn}=\min_i\tilde\mu_iμ~​mn​=mini​μ~​i​, Dmnℓ=min⁡iDiℓD^\ell_{\rm mn}=\min_iD_i^\ellDmnℓ​=mini​Diℓ​, Dmx=max⁡iDiD_{\rm mx}=\max_iD_iDmx​=maxi​Di​.

SONATA (Algorithm 1) with step size α∈(0,1]\alpha\in(0,1]α∈(0,1] starts from xi0∈K\mathbf x_i^0\in\mathcal Kxi0​∈K, yi0=∇fi(xi0)\mathbf y_i^0=\nabla f_i(\mathbf x_i^0)yi0​=∇fi​(xi0​) and repeats

x^iν∈argmin⁡xi∈Kf~i(xi;xiν)+(yiν−∇fi(xiν))⊤(xi−xiν)+G(xi),xiν+1/2=xiν+α(x^iν−xiν),\hat{\mathbf x}_i^\nu\in\operatorname*{argmin}_{\mathbf x_i\in\mathcal K}\tilde f_i(\mathbf x_i;\mathbf x_i^\nu)+(\mathbf y_i^\nu-\nabla f_i(\mathbf x_i^\nu))^\top(\mathbf x_i-\mathbf x_i^\nu)+G(\mathbf x_i),\qquad \mathbf x_i^{\nu+1/2}=\mathbf x_i^\nu+\alpha(\hat{\mathbf x}_i^\nu-\mathbf x_i^\nu),x^iν​∈xi​∈Kargmin​f~​i​(xi​;xiν​)+(yiν​−∇fi​(xiν​))⊤(xi​−xiν​)+G(xi​),xiν+1/2​=xiν​+α(x^iν​−xiν​), xiν+1=∑jwijxjν+1/2,yiν+1=∑jwij(yjν+∇fj(xjν+1)−∇fj(xjν)).\mathbf x_i^{\nu+1}=\sum_jw_{ij}\mathbf x_j^{\nu+1/2},\qquad \mathbf y_i^{\nu+1}=\sum_jw_{ij}\big(\mathbf y_j^\nu+\nabla f_j(\mathbf x_j^{\nu+1})-\nabla f_j(\mathbf x_j^\nu)\big).xiν+1​=j∑​wij​xjν+1/2​,yiν+1​=j∑​wij​(yjν​+∇fj​(xjν+1​)−∇fj​(xjν​)).

With x⋆\mathbf x^\starx⋆ the optimal solution, the analysis tracks the optimality gap pν=∑i(U(xiν)−U(x⋆))p^\nu=\sum_i(U(\mathbf x_i^\nu)-U(\mathbf x^\star))pν=∑i​(U(xiν​)−U(x⋆)), the consensus errors x⊥ν\mathbf x_\perp^\nux⊥ν​, y⊥ν\mathbf y_\perp^\nuy⊥ν​ (deviations from the network averages), the tracking error δiν=∇F(xiν)−yiν\boldsymbol\delta_i^\nu=\nabla F(\mathbf x_i^\nu)-\mathbf y_i^\nuδiν​=∇F(xiν​)−yiν​ and the step diν=x^iν−xiν\mathbf d_i^\nu=\hat{\mathbf x}_i^\nu-\mathbf x_i^\nudiν​=x^iν​−xiν​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.9

If μ~mn≥Dmnℓ\tilde\mu_{\rm mn}\ge D^\ell_{\rm mn}μ~​mn​≥Dmnℓ​, there is αˉ∈(0,1]\bar\alpha\in(0,1]αˉ∈(0,1] such that for every α∈(0,αˉ)\alpha\in(0,\bar\alpha)α∈(0,αˉ), every SONATA run and every agent iii,

∃ C, z∈[0,1):∣U(xiν)−U⋆∣≤C zνfor all ν.\exists\,C,\ z\in[0,1):\qquad |U(\mathbf x_i^\nu)-U^\star|\le C\,z^\nu\quad\text{for all }\nu .∃C, z∈[0,1):∣U(xiν​)−U⋆∣≤Czνfor all ν.

The goal fixes no rate: it asserts R-linear convergence for all small step sizes, which is the shape the paper proves. The explicit rate of Theorem 3.10 and the iteration counts of Corollaries 3.11–3.14 are not posed.

Milestones

In the order of the proof: the tracking invariant (19); Lemma 3.1 (per-agent descent); Lemma 3.2 (a lower bound on ∥dν∥2\|\mathbf d^\nu\|^2∥dν∥2); Lemma 3.3 (∥δν∥2≤4Lmx2∥x⊥ν∥2+2∥y⊥ν∥2\|\boldsymbol\delta^\nu\|^2\le4L_{\rm mx}^2\|\mathbf x_\perp^\nu\|^2+2\|\mathbf y_\perp^\nu\|^2∥δν∥2≤4Lmx2​∥x⊥ν​∥2+2∥y⊥ν​∥2); Proposition 3.4 (pν+1≤σ(α)pν+η(α)(⋯ )p^{\nu+1}\le\sigma(\alpha)p^\nu+\eta(\alpha)(\cdots)pν+1≤σ(α)pν+η(α)(⋯)); Proposition 3.5 (consensus errors contract at rate ρ\rhoρ up to ∥dν∥\|\mathbf d^\nu\|∥dν∥); Proposition 3.6 (∥dν∥2\|\mathbf d^\nu\|^2∥dν∥2 bounded by pνp^\nupν and ∥y⊥ν∥2\|\mathbf y_\perp^\nu\|^2∥y⊥ν​∥2); Proposition 3.8 (the four inequalities (50a)–(50d) for the transformed sequences SK(z)=max⁡ν≤K∣sν∣z−νS^K(z)=\max_{\nu\le K}|s^\nu|z^{-\nu}SK(z)=maxν≤K​∣sν∣z−ν); and (54), DK(z)≤P(α,z)DK(z)+R(α,z)D^K(z)\le\mathcal P(\alpha,z)D^K(z)+\mathcal R(\alpha,z)DK(z)≤P(α,z)DK(z)+R(α,z).

Significance

Theorem 3.9 gives a linear rate for distributed composite, constrained optimization with gradient tracking, under strong convexity of the average loss only. It covers, through the choice of surrogate, proximal gradient tracking and the distributed versions of DANE and CEASE, and the constants DiD_iDi​ quantify how much a surrogate gains when local losses are similar. The chain of Propositions 3.4–3.8 is a reusable template: an optimality-gap recursion, consensus recursions and a step bound, closed by a small-gain argument.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no part of it has been formalized. The mission produces a machine-checked statement of the model and of the full chain. Useful contributions include proofs of the individual milestones, a proof of the goal from the milestones, and the general facts they rest on.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails in two places. First, the local step does not descend on UUU by itself: the tracker yiν\mathbf y_i^\nuyiν​ is not ∇F(xiν)\nabla F(\mathbf x_i^\nu)∇F(xiν​), and the surrogate's curvature differs from FFF's, so Lemma 3.1 must compare Hessians of f~i\tilde f_if~​i​ and FFF along a segment through (15), and the descent holds only up to the tracking error. Second, no single quantity contracts: pνp^\nupν contracts up to consensus errors, consensus errors contract up to ∥dν∥\|\mathbf d^\nu\|∥dν∥, and ∥dν∥\|\mathbf d^\nu\|∥dν∥ is bounded back by pνp^\nupν. No Lyapunov function is given, and the loop gain P(α,z)\mathcal P(\alpha,z)P(α,z) of (55) involves every constant of the problem, so showing it can be pushed below 1 for some z<1z<1z<1 is where the step-size threshold αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ comes from. Also, ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 is not an assumption: it must be derived from connectivity and Assumption D.

Formalization scope

Agents' vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), stacked vectors are Fin m → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), and their norm is always the Euclidean norm written out (∑i∥xi∥2\sum_i\|\mathbf x_i\|^2∑i​∥xi​∥2), never Lean's sup norm. Hessians are derivatives of gradients; Loewner bounds are quadratic-form inequalities. The surrogate's gradient and Hessian are in its first argument. ρ\rhoρ is the operator norm of W−1m11⊤\mathbf W-\frac1m\mathbf 1\mathbf 1^\topW−m1​11⊤ on Euclidean Rm\mathbb R^mRm. Time is 0-based.

A SONATA run is a relation: x^iν\hat{\mathbf x}_i^\nux^iν​ is any minimizer of the local problem, and x⋆\mathbf x^\starx⋆ any minimizer of UUU on K\mathcal KK. Assumption A gives no lower semicontinuity of GGG, so minimizers need not exist in general; the paper assumes they do, and so does the formalization, without adding a hypothesis on GGG. A sanity file exhibits instances of all assumptions and of runs (including a nonconstant one), so the run predicate is not empty. "fif_ifi​ convex" is read as convexity on K\mathcal KK plus a positive semidefinite Hessian on O\mathcal OO; GGG is convex on K\mathcal KK only. The constants of (1) and (15) are parameters: each statement holds for every valid choice. All of Assumptions A–D are hypotheses of every statement (the paper's standing assumption of §3.3).

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 is not assumed in place of Assumptions B and D; αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ is chosen before the step size, the starting point and the run; z<1z<1z<1 is required; norms of stacked vectors are Euclidean. Two printed slips are handled openly: σ(α)∈(0,1)\sigma(\alpha)\in(0,1)σ(α)∈(0,1) in Proposition 3.4 is stated with positivity only when Dmx>0D_{\rm mx}>0Dmx​>0 or α<1\alpha<1α<1 (at Dmx=0D_{\rm mx}=0Dmx​=0, α=1\alpha=1α=1 (41) gives σ=0\sigma=0σ=0), and C2=4/μ~mn2C_2=4/\tilde\mu_{\rm mn}^2C2​=4/μ~​mn2​ is kept as printed in (52d) although (47) has 3. In Lemma 3.2, Lean's μ/0=0\mu/0=0μ/0=0 makes the bound trivial when Dmx=0D_{\rm mx}=0Dmx​=0.

A full development needs: the mean-value and Taylor estimates for functions with bounded Hessian on a convex set, first-order optimality for constrained convex minimization, the spectral bound ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 for graph-compliant doubly stochastic matrices (posed elsewhere on the platform as StochGradTrack.Const.lemma_1 for a closely related model), and elementary estimates on finite maxima. These are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • Y. Sun, A. Daneshmand, G. Scutari, Distributed Optimization Based on Gradient-tracking Revisited: Enhancing Convergence Rate via Surrogation, arXiv:1905.02637v2, 2020; SIAM J. Optim. 32 (2022). https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.02637v2
  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, W. Shi, Achieving Geometric Convergence for Distributed Optimization over Time-Varying Graphs, SIAM J. Optim. 27 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1084316
  • G. Qu, N. Li, Harnessing Smoothness to Accelerate Distributed Optimization, IEEE Trans. Control Netw. Syst. 5 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1109/TCNS.2017.2698261
  • P. Di Lorenzo, G. Scutari, NEXT: In-Network Nonconvex Optimization, IEEE Trans. Signal Inf. Process. Netw. 2 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1109/TSIPN.2016.2524588
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimal TransportProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Bridging Bayesian and Minimax Mean Square Error Estimation via Wasserstein Distributionally Robust Optimization 1: The Gelbrich Minimax and Normal-Prior Maximin Values Coincide (Sandwich Theorem)Research Paper

Motivation

Estimating an unknown parameter from a noisy linear measurement is the basic problem behind Kalman filtering, signal recovery and linear inverse problems. A Bayesian statistician picks the estimator that minimizes the mean square error under a prior distribution; a minimax statistician guards against the worst prior in some family. The Bayesian answer depends on a prior that is rarely known, and the minimax answer is often intractable.

Nguyen, Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, Kuhn and Mohajerin Esfahani (Math. Oper. Res. 48(1), 2023) bridge the two by letting nature choose the joint distribution of parameter and noise from a ball of radius ρ\rhoρ around a nominal distribution in the type-2 Wasserstein distance. At ρ=0\rho=0ρ=0 the problem is Bayesian; as ρ\rhoρ grows it becomes more conservative. For a normal nominal distribution they show that this distributionally robust problem is solved by an affine estimator, that a normal distribution is least favourable, and that both are computable from a finite convex program. The paper extends the Wasserstein Kalman filter of Shafieezadeh-Abadeh et al. (NeurIPS 2018), which treated a joint normal ball on (x,y)(x,y)(x,y), to the model with independent parameter and noise.

Setting

The parameter is x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn and the observation is y=Hx+w∈Rmy=Hx+w\in\mathbb R^my=Hx+w∈Rm, with a known observation matrix H∈Rm×nH\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}H∈Rm×n and noise www independent of xxx. Write M(Rd)\mathcal M(\mathbb R^d)M(Rd) for the probability distributions on Rd\mathbb R^dRd with finite second moments.

  • An estimator is a measurable ψ:Rm→Rn\psi:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb R^nψ:Rm→Rn with ∥ψ(y)∥≤C(1+∥y∥)\|\psi(y)\|\le C(1+\|y\|)∥ψ(y)∥≤C(1+∥y∥) for some C>0C>0C>0; the family of estimators is F\mathcal FF, and A⊆F\mathcal A\subseteq\mathcal FA⊆F is the family of affine estimators ψ(y)=Ay+b\psi(y)=Ay+bψ(y)=Ay+b.
  • The average risk of ψ\psiψ under a joint distribution Q\mathbb QQ of (x,w)(x,w)(x,w) is R(ψ,Q)=EQ[∥x−ψ(Hx+w)∥2]\mathcal R(\psi,\mathbb Q)=\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\|x-\psi(Hx+w)\|^2]R(ψ,Q)=EQ​[∥x−ψ(Hx+w)∥2].
  • The type-2 Wasserstein distance W(Q1,Q2)\mathbb W(\mathbb Q_1,\mathbb Q_2)W(Q1​,Q2​) is the square root of the least expected squared distance E∥ξ1−ξ2∥2\mathbb E\|\xi_1-\xi_2\|^2E∥ξ1​−ξ2​∥2 over all couplings of Q1\mathbb Q_1Q1​ and Q2\mathbb Q_2Q2​.
  • The Gelbrich distance between mean–covariance pairs is
G((μ1,Σ1),(μ2,Σ2))=∥μ1−μ2∥2+Tr⁡[Σ1+Σ2−2(Σ21/2Σ1Σ21/2)1/2].\mathbb G((\mu_1,\Sigma_1),(\mu_2,\Sigma_2))=\sqrt{\|\mu_1-\mu_2\|^2+\operatorname{Tr}\big[\Sigma_1+\Sigma_2-2(\Sigma_2^{1/2}\Sigma_1\Sigma_2^{1/2})^{1/2}\big]}.G((μ1​,Σ1​),(μ2​,Σ2​))=∥μ1​−μ2​∥2+Tr[Σ1​+Σ2​−2(Σ21/2​Σ1​Σ21/2​)1/2]​.

The nominal distribution is a product P^=P^x×P^w\widehat{\mathbb P}=\widehat{\mathbb P}_x\times\widehat{\mathbb P}_wP=Px​×Pw​ with radii ρx,ρw≥0\rho_x,\rho_w\ge0ρx​,ρw​≥0. Three ambiguity sets of product distributions Qx×Qw\mathbb Q_x\times\mathbb Q_wQx​×Qw​ appear:

  • the Wasserstein ball B(P^)\mathbb B(\widehat{\mathbb P})B(P): Qx∈M(Rn)\mathbb Q_x\in\mathcal M(\mathbb R^n)Qx​∈M(Rn), Qw∈M(Rm)\mathbb Q_w\in\mathcal M(\mathbb R^m)Qw​∈M(Rm), W(Qx,P^x)≤ρx\mathbb W(\mathbb Q_x,\widehat{\mathbb P}_x)\le\rho_xW(Qx​,Px​)≤ρx​, W(Qw,P^w)≤ρw\mathbb W(\mathbb Q_w,\widehat{\mathbb P}_w)\le\rho_wW(Qw​,Pw​)≤ρw​;
  • the Gelbrich ball G(P^)\mathbb G(\widehat{\mathbb P})G(P): the marginals' mean–covariance pairs lie within Gelbrich distance ρx\rho_xρx​, ρw\rho_wρw​ of those of P^x\widehat{\mathbb P}_xPx​, P^w\widehat{\mathbb P}_wPw​;
  • for normal P^x=N(μ^x,Σ^x)\widehat{\mathbb P}_x=\mathcal N(\widehat\mu_x,\widehat\Sigma_x)Px​=N(μ​x​,Σx​), P^w=N(μ^w,Σ^w)\widehat{\mathbb P}_w=\mathcal N(\widehat\mu_w,\widehat\Sigma_w)Pw​=N(μ​w​,Σw​), the normal ball BN(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P): products N(μ^x,Σx)×N(μ^w,Σw)\mathcal N(\widehat\mu_x,\Sigma_x)\times\mathcal N(\widehat\mu_w,\Sigma_w)N(μ​x​,Σx​)×N(μ​w​,Σw​) in B(P^)\mathbb B(\widehat{\mathbb P})B(P) with Σx⪰0\Sigma_x\succeq0Σx​⪰0, Σw≻0\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0.

Then BN(P^)⊆B(P^)⊆G(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})\subseteq\mathbb B(\widehat{\mathbb P})\subseteq\mathbb G(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P)⊆B(P)⊆G(P).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (sandwich theorem)

For P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P normal with Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0,

inf⁡ψ∈A sup⁡Q∈G(P^) R(ψ,Q)=sup⁡Q∈BN(P^) inf⁡ψ∈F R(ψ,Q).\inf_{\psi\in\mathcal A}\ \sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb G(\widehat{\mathbb P})}\ \mathcal R(\psi,\mathbb Q)=\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})}\ \inf_{\psi\in\mathcal F}\ \mathcal R(\psi,\mathbb Q).ψ∈Ainf​ Q∈G(P)sup​ R(ψ,Q)=Q∈BN​(P)sup​ ψ∈Finf​ R(ψ,Q).

The left side is the Gelbrich MMSE problem (2.1), the right side the dual problem over normal priors (3.3). The Wasserstein problem (1.7), inf⁡Fsup⁡B\inf_{\mathcal F}\sup_{\mathbb B}infF​supB​, and its dual (3.1), sup⁡Binf⁡F\sup_{\mathbb B}\inf_{\mathcal F}supB​infF​, lie between them, so all four values coincide.

Milestones

  1. Proposition A.3: the closed form of sup⁡Σ⪰0⟨D,Σ⟩−γTr⁡[Σ−2(Σ^1/2ΣΣ^1/2)1/2]\sup_{\Sigma\succeq0}\langle D,\Sigma\rangle-\gamma\operatorname{Tr}[\Sigma-2(\widehat\Sigma^{1/2}\Sigma\widehat\Sigma^{1/2})^{1/2}]supΣ⪰0​⟨D,Σ⟩−γTr[Σ−2(Σ1/2ΣΣ1/2)1/2] and its maximizer.
  2. Theorem 2.7: problem (2.1) equals a finite convex program (2.2), and for ρx,ρw>0\rho_x,\rho_w>0ρx​,ρw​>0 an affine estimator attains it.
  3. Lemma A.6: the covariance Gelbrich set S\mathcal SS is convex and compact, with Tr⁡[Σ]≤(ρ+Tr⁡[Σ^]1/2)2\operatorname{Tr}[\Sigma]\le(\rho+\operatorname{Tr}[\widehat\Sigma]^{1/2})^2Tr[Σ]≤(ρ+Tr[Σ]1/2)2.
  4. Proposition A.4 (i): max⁡Σ∈S⟨D,Σ⟩\max_{\Sigma\in\mathcal S}\langle D,\Sigma\ranglemaxΣ∈S​⟨D,Σ⟩ equals a one-dimensional infimum (A.6).
  5. Lemma A.5: a max–min problem over S\mathcal SS has a maximizer Σ⋆⪰λmin⁡(Σ^)I\Sigma^\star\succeq\lambda_{\min}(\widehat\Sigma)IΣ⋆⪰λmin​(Σ)I.
  6. Display (3.5): over normal priors, affine estimators suffice.
  7. Display (3.8): for Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0 the value of (3.3) is a finite sup–inf over covariance matrices.

Companion statements, not milestones: Theorem 3.5 (problem (3.3) equals the finite program (3.4)), Corollary 4.2 (the optimal affine estimator and the optimal normal prior form a Nash equilibrium on B(P^)\mathbb B(\widehat{\mathbb P})B(P)) and Corollary 4.3 (the minimax estimator from a maximizer of (3.4)).

Significance

The sandwich theorem says that robustifying the MMSE problem against Wasserstein uncertainty around a normal distribution costs nothing in tractability: the optimal estimator is affine, the worst-case distribution is normal, and both follow from a convex program in the covariance matrices. The resulting estimator is a Kalman-type update with a least favourable covariance in place of the nominal one, which is what makes the result usable in filtering. The paper also extends it to elliptical nominal distributions (Section 5) and develops a Frank–Wolfe method for (3.4) (Section 6).

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. A formalization adds a checked account of a minimax argument that combines optimal transport (the Gelbrich bound and its equality for normal laws), nonlinear semidefinite programming (Propositions A.3 and A.4) and Bayesian estimation for Gaussian laws. The appendix statements are general facts about the Gelbrich ball of covariance matrices and serve beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The left side of the goal is an infimum over affine estimators of a supremum over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions; the right side reverses the order and restricts nature to normal laws while allowing every estimator. Weak duality gives ≥\ge≥ at once. For the reverse inequality, Sion's minimax theorem cannot be applied to the distributions directly: BN(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P) is not convex, since mixtures of normal laws are not normal, and G(P^)\mathbb G(\widehat{\mathbb P})G(P) is not compact in any useful topology. The equality has to pass through the finite matrix problems, where the worst covariance matrices must be shown to stay bounded away from singularity so that the normal noise covariance remains positive definite. That is the role of Lemma A.5 and of the hypothesis Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The risk is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and every optimal value is a [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]- or EReal-valued infimum or supremum restricted by a membership predicate. The finite programs (2.2), (3.4), (A.3), (A.5), (A.6), (A.9) take values in EReal.
  • M(Rd)\mathcal M(\mathbb R^d)M(Rd) is "probability measure with E∥ξ∥2<∞\mathbb E\|\xi\|^2<\inftyE∥ξ∥2<∞" and is required wherever the page requires it, because means and covariances are Bochner integrals with junk value 000 otherwise.
  • F\mathcal FF keeps both measurability and linear growth.
  • N(μ,Σ)\mathcal N(\mu,\Sigma)N(μ,Σ) is Mathlib's multivariateGaussian. W\mathbb WW, means, covariances, the PSD square root and the Gelbrich ball are the published definitions WassersteinDRO.Gelbrich.{wassersteinDistance, meanVector, covarianceMatrix, psdSqrt, meanCovarianceUncertaintySet}.
  • λmin⁡\lambda_{\min}λmin​ and λmax⁡\lambda_{\max}λmax​ are 000 at dimension 000, where every statement reduces to a trivial one.
  • Added hypothesis. The goal assumes Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0, which the page omits. The theorem fails without it: for n=m=1n=m=1n=m=1, H=0H=0H=0, Σ^x=1\widehat\Sigma_x=1Σx​=1, Σ^w=0\widehat\Sigma_w=0Σw​=0 and ρx=ρw=0\rho_x=\rho_w=0ρx​=ρw​=0, the normal ball is empty while the left side equals 111. The page's own proof uses (3.8), which it derives only for Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0.
  • Theorem 3.5. The bounds Σ⋆⪰λmin⁡(Σ^)I\Sigma^\star\succeq\lambda_{\min}(\widehat\Sigma)IΣ⋆⪰λmin​(Σ)I are stated for some maximizer of (3.4), not for every maximizer.
  • Omitted. Proposition A.4 (ii)–(iii) is false as printed in two places and is not posed (see the mission notes). Propositions 2.4 and 3.4 (the Gelbrich bound and its equality for normal laws) are already on the platform and are not posed again.
  • Ruled out. A formalization in which BN(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P) is empty, the risk is a Bochner integral, or the optimal values are real sSup/sInf would make the goal trivial or false. A sanity check exhibits a member of BN(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P) whenever Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0, and an affine estimator.

Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and so are reusable lemmas on the Gelbrich ball, the matrix square root and Gaussian conditioning.

Selected references

  • V. A. Nguyen, S. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, D. Kuhn, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, Bridging Bayesian and minimax mean square error estimation via Wasserstein distributionally robust optimization, Math. Oper. Res. 48(1), 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1911.03539v2, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2021.1176
  • S. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, V. A. Nguyen, D. Kuhn, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, Wasserstein distributionally robust Kalman filtering, NeurIPS 31, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.08830
  • M. Gelbrich, On a formula for the L2 Wasserstein metric between measures on Euclidean and Hilbert spaces, Math. Nachr. 147, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1002/mana.19901470121
  • C. R. Givens, R. M. Shortt, A class of Wasserstein metrics for probability distributions, Michigan Math. J. 31(2), 1984. https://doi.org/10.1307/mmj/1029003026
  • M. Sion, On general minimax theorems, Pacific J. Math. 8, 1958. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1958.8.171
  • V. A. Nguyen, D. Kuhn, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, Distributionally robust inverse covariance estimation: the Wasserstein shrinkage estimator, Oper. Res. 70(1), 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/1805.07194
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding the Acceleration Phenomenon via High-Resolution Differential Equations II: NAG-C Minimizes the Squared Gradient Norm at the Inverse Cubic Rate 8568‖x₀ − x⋆‖²/(s²(k + 1)³)Research Paper

Motivation

Nesterov's accelerated gradient method for smooth convex objectives, here called NAG-C, reaches function-value accuracy O(L∥x0−x⋆∥2/k2)O(L\|x_0-x^\star\|^2/k^2)O(L∥x0​−x⋆∥2/k2) after kkk gradient evaluations, which is optimal among first-order methods (Nesterov 1983; Nesterov 2004). In many uses the quantity of interest is not the function gap but the squared gradient norm ∥∇f(xk)∥2\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2∥∇f(xk​)∥2: it is computable without knowing the optimal value, it serves as a stopping criterion, and it controls duality gaps when the objective is a dual function. Combining the function-value rate with LLL-smoothness gives only ∥∇f(xk)∥2=O(L2/k2)\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2=O(L^2/k^2)∥∇f(xk​)∥2=O(L2/k2).

Shi, Du, Jordan and Su (arXiv:1810.08907) derived high-resolution ODEs for accelerated methods, keeping terms of order s\sqrt ss​ that the earlier low-resolution limit of Su, Boyd and Candès (2016) discards. One of the discrete consequences is Theorem 6: unmodified NAG-C minimizes the squared gradient norm at the inverse cubic rate O(L2/k3)O(L^2/k^3)O(L2/k3).

Timeline. Nesterov (1983) introduced the method and its O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) rate. Nesterov (2012) established an Ω(L2/k4)\Omega(L^2/k^4)Ω(L2/k4) lower bound for the squared gradient norm and matched it up to a logarithmic factor with a regularized scheme built on the strongly convex variant of the method, which takes ∥x0−x⋆∥\|x_0-x^\star\|∥x0​−x⋆∥ as input. Ghadimi and Lan (2016) reached O(L2/k3)O(L^2/k^3)O(L2/k3) with a modified accelerated method that adds a sequence of iterates and a larger step size. Attouch and Peypouquet (2016) proved o(1/k2)o(1/k^2)o(1/k2) function values for a variant with momentum (k−1)/(k+α−1)(k-1)/(k+\alpha-1)(k−1)/(k+α−1), α>3\alpha>3α>3. Shi, Du, Jordan and Su (arXiv 2018; Math. Program. 2021) proved the O(L2/k3)O(L^2/k^3)O(L2/k3) rate for NAG-C itself, through a Lyapunov function suggested by the high-resolution ODE.

Setting

Let Rn\mathbb R^nRn carry the Euclidean inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. For L>0L>0L>0, the class FL1(Rn)\mathcal F^1_L(\mathbb R^n)FL1​(Rn) consists of the differentiable f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R with

f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩,∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥(x,y∈Rn).f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle,\qquad \|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|\qquad(x,y\in\mathbb R^n).f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩,∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥(x,y∈Rn).

A point x⋆x^\starx⋆ is a minimizer of fff when f(x⋆)≤f(z)f(x^\star)\le f(z)f(x⋆)≤f(z) for every zzz.

Given a step size s>0s>0s>0 and an initial point x0x_0x0​, NAG-C generates y0=x0y_0=x_0y0​=x0​ and, for k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

yk+1=xk−s∇f(xk),xk+1=yk+1+kk+3 (yk+1−yk).y_{k+1}=x_k-s\nabla f(x_k),\qquad x_{k+1}=y_{k+1}+\frac{k}{k+3}\,(y_{k+1}-y_k).yk+1​=xk​−s∇f(xk​),xk+1​=yk+1​+k+3k​(yk+1​−yk​).

The velocity is vk=(xk+1−xk)/sv_k=(x_{k+1}-x_k)/\sqrt svk​=(xk+1​−xk​)/s​, and the discrete Lyapunov function of the paper is

E(k)=s(k+3)(k+1)(f(xk)−f(x⋆))+12∥(k+1)s vk+2(xk+1−x⋆)+(k+1)s∇f(xk)∥2.\mathcal E(k)=s(k+3)(k+1)\bigl(f(x_k)-f(x^\star)\bigr)+\tfrac12\bigl\|(k+1)\sqrt s\,v_k+2(x_{k+1}-x^\star)+(k+1)s\nabla f(x_k)\bigr\|^2 .E(k)=s(k+3)(k+1)(f(xk​)−f(x⋆))+21​​(k+1)s​vk​+2(xk+1​−x⋆)+(k+1)s∇f(xk​)​2.

The last summand inside the norm, (k+1)s∇f(xk)(k+1)s\nabla f(x_k)(k+1)s∇f(xk​), is the gradient correction that the high-resolution ODE contributes and that the low-resolution analysis lacks.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6

For f∈FL1f\in\mathcal F^1_Lf∈FL1​, a minimizer x⋆x^\starx⋆, 0<s≤1/(3L)0<s\le1/(3L)0<s≤1/(3L) and every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

min⁡0≤i≤k∥∇f(xi)∥2≤8568 ∥x0−x⋆∥2s2(k+1)3andf(xk)−f(x⋆)≤119 ∥x0−x⋆∥2s(k+1)2.\min_{0\le i\le k}\|\nabla f(x_i)\|^2\le\frac{8568\,\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}{s^2(k+1)^3} \qquad\text{and}\qquad f(x_k)-f(x^\star)\le\frac{119\,\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}{s(k+1)^2}.0≤i≤kmin​∥∇f(xi​)∥2≤s2(k+1)38568∥x0​−x⋆∥2​andf(xk​)−f(x⋆)≤s(k+1)2119∥x0​−x⋆∥2​.

The goal is the paper's theorem with its printed constants and both of its claims.

Milestones

In the paper's order of proof:

  1. the phase-space form (4.5) of NAG-C, the identity (4.13), and the exact one-step change (4.14) of E\mathcal EE;
  2. Lemma 4.3: E(k+1)−E(k)≤−s22((k+3)(k−1)−Ls(k+3)(k+1))∥∇f(xk+1)∥2\mathcal E(k+1)-\mathcal E(k)\le-\tfrac{s^2}{2}\bigl((k+3)(k-1)-Ls(k+3)(k+1)\bigr)\|\nabla f(x_{k+1})\|^2E(k+1)−E(k)≤−2s2​((k+3)(k−1)−Ls(k+3)(k+1))∥∇f(xk+1​)∥2 for k≥0k\ge0k≥0;
  3. the sign condition (4.7)–(4.8) for k≥2k\ge2k≥2, the sum identity ∑i=3k−1[(i+3)(i−1)−13(i+3)(i+1)]=(2k3−38k+60)/9≥(k+1)3/36\sum_{i=3}^{k-1}[(i+3)(i-1)-\tfrac13(i+3)(i+1)]=(2k^3-38k+60)/9\ge(k+1)^3/36∑i=3k−1​[(i+3)(i−1)−31​(i+3)(i+1)]=(2k3−38k+60)/9≥(k+1)3/36, and (4.10);
  4. the initial estimates of Appendix C.1: ∥∇f(xk)∥2\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2∥∇f(xk​)∥2 for k≤3k\le3k≤3, f(xk)−f(x⋆)f(x_k)-f(x^\star)f(xk​)−f(x⋆) for k≤1k\le1k≤1, and E(3)≤E(2)≤119∥x0−x⋆∥2\mathcal E(3)\le\mathcal E(2)\le119\|x_0-x^\star\|^2E(3)≤E(2)≤119∥x0​−x⋆∥2;
  5. the rates (4.11) for k≥4k\ge4k≥4 and (4.12) for k≥2k\ge2k≥2.

Significance

The result. With s=1/(3L)s=1/(3L)s=1/(3L), Theorem 6 gives min⁡i≤k∥∇f(xi)∥2=O(L2∥x0−x⋆∥2/k3)\min_{i\le k}\|\nabla f(x_i)\|^2=O(L^2\|x_0-x^\star\|^2/k^3)mini≤k​∥∇f(xi​)∥2=O(L2∥x0​−x⋆∥2/k3) for the textbook method, with no restart, regularization or extra sequence. The rate is dimension-free and holds from the first iteration. It is a factor kkk better than what the function-value rate gives, and it separates the high-resolution description of NAG-C from the low-resolution one: the paper explains the bound by the gradient correction in E\mathcal EE.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper and, as far as the platform's catalogue shows, has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces a checked statement of NAG-C, its phase-space form and its Lyapunov function, which the other accelerated-method missions of this series (NAG-SC, the high-resolution ODEs) can mirror. Part of the paper's argument is a brute-force computation in Appendix C.1. A checked version would confirm the printed constants 856885688568 and 119119119; tighter constants or cleaner small-kkk arguments are welcome as separate theorems.

Difficulty

The obvious route goes through the function-value rate f(xk)−f(x⋆)=O(1/k2)f(x_k)-f(x^\star)=O(1/k^2)f(xk​)−f(x⋆)=O(1/k2) and the smoothness inequality ∥∇f(x)∥2≤2L(f(x)−f(x⋆))\|\nabla f(x)\|^2\le2L(f(x)-f(x^\star))∥∇f(x)∥2≤2L(f(x)−f(x⋆)). It stalls at O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) for the gradient, and no rearrangement of the classical estimate-sequence argument yields more. The extra factor of kkk comes from a Lyapunov function whose one-step decrease is weighted by k2∥∇f(xk+1)∥2k^2\|\nabla f(x_{k+1})\|^2k2∥∇f(xk+1​)∥2, and that decrease must be extracted exactly. The bookkeeping involves the kkk-dependent momentum k/(k+3)k/(k+3)k/(k+3), the identity coupling vkv_kvk​, vk−1v_{k-1}vk−1​ and two gradients, and the cocoercivity of ∇f\nabla f∇f. The sign of the decrease is lost for k≤1k\le1k≤1, so the first iterates need a separate argument with explicit constants.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient. The class FL1\mathcal F^1_LFL1​ is a structure in the paper's first-order form (L>0L>0L>0, differentiability, the convexity inequality, the Lipschitz gradient) and the velocity vkv_kvk​ is defined once, both in the shared definitions HighResODE.NAGSC.FunctionClass and HighResODE.NAGSC.Setting; this mission's definition file, HighResODE.NAGC.Setting, holds NAG-C as a predicate on two sequences indexed from k=0k=0k=0 and E\mathcal EE. Conventions:

  • The minimizer. x⋆x^\starx⋆ is a binder with the hypothesis that it minimizes fff. The paper presupposes a minimizer for a merely convex fff; this is the only hypothesis beyond the page's.
  • Real arithmetic in kkk. The momentum k/(k+3)k/(k+3)k/(k+3) and the factor k−1k-1k−1 of Lemma 4.3 are real numbers. A natural-number quotient would turn NAG-C into gradient descent, and a natural-number subtraction would change Lemma 4.3 at k=0k=0k=0.
  • Index shifts. Identities the page states for k≥1k\ge1k≥1 with index k−1k-1k−1 are stated at k+1k+1k+1 for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0.
  • Minima. min⁡0≤i≤k\min_{0\le i\le k}min0≤i≤k​ and min⁡4≤i≤k\min_{4\le i\le k}min4≤i≤k​ are finite minima (Finset.inf'), never a real infimum that could collapse to 000.
  • The whole theorem. The goal is the conjunction of both claims of Theorem 6, for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0, with the printed constants. Dropping the function-value claim, restricting to k≥4k\ge4k≥4, or a degenerate momentum would each give a weaker, different statement.

Milestones (4.5), (4.13) and (4.14) assume only s>0s>0s>0 and the NAG-C recursion, which is stronger than the page. The remaining items carry the hypotheses of Theorem 6 or, for pure arithmetic, none beyond L,s>0L,s>0L,s>0. Needed infrastructure: elementary inner-product algebra, the cocoercivity inequality f(y)−f(x)≤⟨∇f(y),y−x⟩−12L∥∇f(y)−∇f(x)∥2f(y)-f(x)\le\langle\nabla f(y),y-x\rangle-\tfrac1{2L}\|\nabla f(y)-\nabla f(x)\|^2f(y)−f(x)≤⟨∇f(y),y−x⟩−2L1​∥∇f(y)−∇f(x)∥2 for f∈FL1f\in\mathcal F^1_Lf∈FL1​, which is reusable for any smooth convex method, and finite telescoping sums.

Selected references

  • B. Shi, S. S. Du, M. I. Jordan, W. J. Su, Understanding the Acceleration Phenomenon via High-Resolution Differential Equations, arXiv:1810.08907v3, 2018; Math. Program. (2021). https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.08907v3, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01681-8
  • Y. Nesterov, A method of solving a convex programming problem with convergence rate O(1/k²), Soviet Math. Dokl. 27(2):372–376 (1983). No DOI; cited as [Nes83] in arXiv:1810.08907v3, p. 36.
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • Y. Nesterov, How to make the gradients small, Optima 88:10–11 (2012). https://www.mathopt.org/Optima-Issues/optima88.pdf
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Accelerated gradient methods for nonconvex nonlinear and stochastic programming, Math. Program. 156:59–99 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-015-0871-8
  • H. Attouch, J. Peypouquet, The rate of convergence of Nesterov's accelerated forward-backward method is actually faster than 1/k², SIAM J. Optim. 26(3):1824–1834 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1137/15M1046095
  • W. Su, S. Boyd, E. J. Candès, A differential equation for modeling Nesterov's accelerated gradient method, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 17 (2016). https://jmlr.org/papers/v17/15-084.html
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Calculus of VariationsFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonlinear Quasi-hemivariational Inequalities: Existence and Optimal Control: Existence of Solutions to the Generalized Quasi-Hemivariational InequalityResearch Paper

Motivation

Hemivariational inequalities were introduced by Panagiotopoulos in the 1980s to model mechanical problems whose energy functional is neither convex nor smooth: nonmonotone friction, adhesion, delamination and unilateral contact with nonmonotone multivalued laws. Where a variational inequality expresses the optimality condition of a convex energy, a hemivariational inequality expresses a stationarity condition of a locally Lipschitz energy through Clarke's generalized directional derivative. When in addition the admissible set depends on the unknown state, as in contact problems with a solution-dependent gap or in Nash-type equilibrium problems with coupled constraints, the problem becomes a quasi-hemivariational inequality.

Zeng, Migórski and Khan (SIAM J. Control Optim. 59 (2021)) treat a general form of this problem that contains a multivalued operator TTT, a bifunction φ\varphiφ and a constraint map KKK at once. Their existence theorem for it, Theorem 3.8, is the base of an optimal control result (Section 4) and of an application to a frictional contact problem in elasticity (Section 5). This mission formalizes the existence part, Sections 2 and 3 of the paper.

Setting

Let VVV be a real reflexive Banach space with dual V∗V^*V∗ and pairing ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩, and let XXX, YYY be real Banach spaces. The data are: a nonempty closed convex set C⊆VC\subseteq VC⊆V; a multivalued constraint map K:C→2CK:C\to2^CK:C→2C; a multivalued operator T:C→2V∗T:C\to2^{V^*}T:C→2V∗; a function φ:V×V→R\varphi:V\times V\to\mathbb Rφ:V×V→R; a locally Lipschitz functional J:X→RJ:X\to\mathbb RJ:X→R; bounded linear operators γ:V→X\gamma:V\to Xγ:V→X and π:V→Y\pi:V\to Yπ:V→Y; a functional f∈Y∗f\in Y^*f∈Y∗; and an auxiliary function h:V→Rh:V\to\mathbb Rh:V→R.

For a locally Lipschitz JJJ, the Clarke generalized directional derivative and the generalized gradient are

J0(u;v)=lim sup⁡λ→0+, w→uJ(w+λv)−J(w)λ,∂J(u)={ξ∈X∗: J0(u;v)≥⟨ξ,v⟩ ∀v∈X}.J^0(u;v)=\limsup_{\lambda\to0^+,\ w\to u}\frac{J(w+\lambda v)-J(w)}{\lambda},\qquad \partial J(u)=\{\xi\in X^*:\ J^0(u;v)\ge\langle\xi,v\rangle\ \forall v\in X\}.J0(u;v)=λ→0+, w→ulimsup​λJ(w+λv)−J(w)​,∂J(u)={ξ∈X∗: J0(u;v)≥⟨ξ,v⟩ ∀v∈X}.

Problem 1.1 asks for u∈Cu\in Cu∈C and u∗∈T(u)u^*\in T(u)u∗∈T(u) such that u∈K(u)u\in K(u)u∈K(u) and

⟨u∗,v−u⟩+φ(v,u)+J0(γu;γ(v−u))≥⟨f,π(v−u)⟩Y∗×Yfor all v∈K(u).\langle u^*,v-u\rangle+\varphi(v,u)+J^0(\gamma u;\gamma(v-u))\ge\langle f,\pi(v-u)\rangle_{Y^*\times Y}\quad\text{for all }v\in K(u).⟨u∗,v−u⟩+φ(v,u)+J0(γu;γ(v−u))≥⟨f,π(v−u)⟩Y∗×Y​for all v∈K(u).

Its solution set is Γ(f)\Gamma(f)Γ(f). Fixing the constraint set gives Problem 3.3: find u∈Cu\in Cu∈C and u∗∈T(u)u^*\in T(u)u∗∈T(u) with the same inequality for all v∈Cv\in Cv∈C; its solution set is SOL(C;T,J,φ,f)\mathrm{SOL}(C;T,J,\varphi,f)SOL(C;T,J,φ,f). The variational selection S:C→2CS:C\to2^CS:C→2C maps w∈Cw\in Cw∈C to the solution set of Problem 3.3 with CCC replaced by K(w)K(w)K(w); its fixed points are exactly the solutions of Problem 1.1.

The hypotheses of the paper (p. 1250) are: TTT has nonempty, compact, convex values and is upper semicontinuous; T(⋅)+γ∗∂J(γ ⋅)T(\cdot)+\gamma^*\partial J(\gamma\,\cdot)T(⋅)+γ∗∂J(γ⋅) is (φ,h)(\varphi,h)(φ,h)-stably pseudomonotone with respect to π∗f\pi^*fπ∗f, where lim sup⁡t→0+h(tu)/t≥0\limsup_{t\to0^+}h(tu)/t\ge0limsupt→0+​h(tu)/t≥0 and hhh is weakly sequentially upper semicontinuous in the limsup sense (3.1); φ\varphiφ is convex and l.s.c. in its first argument, concave and u.s.c. in its second, and vanishes on the diagonal; KKK has nonempty closed convex values and satisfies two Mosco-type conditions (HK); a bounded set C0C_0C0​ meets every K(u)K(u)K(u) and, if CCC is unbounded, a coercivity condition (3.2) holds at each point of C0C_0C0​. Theorem 3.8 adds that γ\gammaγ is compact, hhh is convex, and lim sup⁡nφ(vn,un)≤φ(v,u)\limsup_n\varphi(v_n,u_n)\le\varphi(v,u)limsupn​φ(vn​,un​)≤φ(v,u) whenever vn→vv_n\to vvn​→v strongly and un⇀uu_n\rightharpoonup uun​⇀u weakly (3.19).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.8 (ii)

Under all hypotheses of Theorem 3.8,

Γ(f)≠∅,Γ(f) is bounded,Γ(f) is weakly closed in V.\Gamma(f)\neq\emptyset,\qquad \Gamma(f)\ \text{is bounded},\qquad \Gamma(f)\ \text{is weakly closed in }V.Γ(f)=∅,Γ(f) is bounded,Γ(f) is weakly closed in V.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2.5 (i)–(iii): J0(x;⋅)J^0(x;\cdot)J0(x;⋅) is sublinear, J0(x;v)=max⁡{⟨ξ,v⟩:ξ∈∂J(x)}J^0(x;v)=\max\{\langle\xi,v\rangle:\xi\in\partial J(x)\}J0(x;v)=max{⟨ξ,v⟩:ξ∈∂J(x)}, and (u,v)↦J0(u;v)(u,v)\mapsto J^0(u;v)(u,v)↦J0(u;v) is upper semicontinuous.
  2. Theorem 2.7 (Kluge): a multivalued self-map of a nonempty closed convex subset of a reflexive Banach space, with nonempty closed convex values and a sequentially weakly closed graph, has a fixed point if its domain or its range is bounded.
  3. Theorem 3.4 (i)–(iii): for Problem 3.3, the Minty-type characterization
⟨v∗,v−u⟩+φ(v,u)+⟨ηv,γ(v−u)⟩≥⟨f,π(v−u)⟩+h(v−u)∀v∈C, v∗∈T(v), ηv∈∂J(γv);\langle v^*,v-u\rangle+\varphi(v,u)+\langle\eta_v,\gamma(v-u)\rangle\ge\langle f,\pi(v-u)\rangle+h(v-u)\quad\forall v\in C,\ v^*\in T(v),\ \eta_v\in\partial J(\gamma v);⟨v∗,v−u⟩+φ(v,u)+⟨ηv​,γ(v−u)⟩≥⟨f,π(v−u)⟩+h(v−u)∀v∈C, v∗∈T(v), ηv​∈∂J(γv);

nonemptiness, boundedness and weak closedness of SOL(C;T,J,φ,f)\mathrm{SOL}(C;T,J,\varphi,f)SOL(C;T,J,φ,f); and its convexity when hhh is convex. 4. Theorem 3.8 (i): the same characterization for Problem 1.1, with CCC replaced by K(u)K(u)K(u). 5. Two claims from the proof of Theorem 3.8 (ii): the graph of SSS is sequentially weakly closed, and S(C)=⋃w∈CS(w)S(C)=\bigcup_{w\in C}S(w)S(C)=⋃w∈C​S(w) is bounded.

Significance

Theorem 3.8 is the existence result on which the rest of the paper rests: the optimal control problem of Section 4 minimizes F(f)=inf⁡u∈Γ(f)g(u,f)F(f)=\inf_{u\in\Gamma(f)}g(u,f)F(f)=infu∈Γ(f)​g(u,f) over f∈Y∗f\in Y^*f∈Y∗, and Section 5 casts an approximate static elastic contact model, with a multivalued normal compliance condition and a frictional law with slip-dependent friction coefficient, in the form of Problem 1.1 on a space of displacements. The theorem unifies several existence results for variational, hemivariational and quasi-variational inequalities: for single-valued TTT, J=0J=0J=0, π=id\pi=\mathrm{id}π=id, h=0h=0h=0 and φ(v,u)=ϕ(v)−ϕ(u)\varphi(v,u)=\phi(v)-\phi(u)φ(v,u)=ϕ(v)−ϕ(u), its Corollary 3.9 reduces to an earlier existence result for quasi-variational inequalities (Remark 3.10), and Theorem 3.4 removes the compactness of γ\gammaγ required in earlier work (Remark 3.6).

The results are proved in the paper. None of them, nor Clarke's calculus on a Banach space, nor Kluge's fixed point theorem, has a machine-checked proof to our knowledge. A formalization adds a checked version of a proof that combines a KKM-type fixed point theorem, Minty's trick for pseudomonotone multivalued operators, and a fixed point argument for the variational selection.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Problem 1.1 is to fix www, solve the inequality on K(w)K(w)K(w), and take a fixed point of the solution map. Two steps resist. First, the solution map is multivalued and its values are only weakly closed, so a Schauder- or Kakutani-type theorem in the norm topology does not apply; the fixed point theorem must work with sequentially weakly closed graphs, and the graph closedness of SSS has to be proved by passing to the limit in inequalities in which unu_nun​ converges only weakly while the test points vn∈K(wn)v_n\in K(w_n)vn​∈K(wn​) must converge strongly. That passage uses the compactness of γ\gammaγ, the upper semicontinuity of J0J^0J0, condition (3.19) and the Mosco-type conditions together. Second, in the "there exists u∗∈T(u)u^*\in T(u)u∗∈T(u)" form of the problem the inequality is not stable under weak limits in uuu, which is why the Minty reformulation and the stable pseudomonotonicity with the auxiliary function hhh are needed.

Formalization scope

All spaces are real normed spaces with CompleteSpace; V∗V^*V∗ is V →L[ℝ] ℝ with the operator-norm topology; reflexivity is surjectivity of NormedSpace.inclusionInDoubleDual ℝ V. No inner product and no finite dimension is assumed. Multivalued maps are total functions V → Set _, constrained on CCC only. Weak convergence xn⇀xx_n\rightharpoonup xxn​⇀x means ℓ(xn)→ℓ(x)\ell(x_n)\to\ell(x)ℓ(xn​)→ℓ(x) for every ℓ∈V∗\ell\in V^*ℓ∈V∗; "weakly closed" is sequential weak closedness, which for the bounded sets Γ(f)\Gamma(f)Γ(f) and SOL\mathrm{SOL}SOL in a reflexive space agrees with weak closedness. Adjoints are composition: ⟨γ∗η,w⟩=η(γw)\langle\gamma^*\eta,w\rangle=\eta(\gamma w)⟨γ∗η,w⟩=η(γw), ⟨π∗f,w⟩=f(πw)\langle\pi^*f,w\rangle=f(\pi w)⟨π∗f,w⟩=f(πw). J0J^0J0 is a real Filter.limsup and is used only under LocallyLipschitz J. Every lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup, infimum and limit in the hypotheses (lim sup⁡t→0+h(tu)/t≥0\limsup_{t\to0^+}h(tu)/t\ge0limsupt→0+​h(tu)/t≥0, (3.1), (3.2), (3.19)) is written with explicit ε\varepsilonε–NNN quantifiers, so no default value of a real lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup or inf⁡\infinf can make a hypothesis vacuous.

Four corrections to the printed hypotheses are built in and stated in each item's note: the pairing in (3.2) is ⟨ηu,γ(u−v0)⟩\langle\eta_u,\gamma(u-v_0)\rangle⟨ηu​,γ(u−v0​)⟩ (the page's ⟨ηu,u−v0⟩\langle\eta_u,u-v_0\rangle⟨ηu​,u−v0​⟩ does not typecheck); T(u)T(u)T(u) is nonempty for u∈Cu\in Cu∈C; the condition (3.2) assumed in Theorem 3.4 refers to a bounded set C0C_0C0​ that meets CCC; and for Theorem 3.8 (ii) and the boundedness of S(C)S(C)S(C), (3.2) in (HC0) holds uniformly in v0∈C0v_0\in C_0v0​∈C0​ (one RRR for each MMM), which is what the proof on pp. 1260–1261 uses. With (3.2) only at each fixed v0∈C0v_0\in C_0v0​∈C0​, as printed, Γ(f)\Gamma(f)Γ(f) can be unbounded; the counterexample is in the note of Theorem 3.8 (ii). Theorem 3.8 (i) and the graph-closedness of SSS keep (HC0) as printed. A formalization in which TTT may have empty values, C0C_0C0​ may be empty or disjoint from CCC, VVV is a Hilbert or finite-dimensional space, a real lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup default value makes the conditions on hhh or (3.19) vacuous, or "bounded" or "weakly closed" is dropped from the conclusion, would be a different and weaker theorem.

The development needs Clarke's calculus on a Banach space (Proposition 2.5, which relies on the Hahn–Banach theorem), Eberlein–Šmulian or Kakutani's theorem on weak compactness of bounded closed convex sets in reflexive spaces, Mazur's lemma, a KKM-type fixed point theorem in Hausdorff topological vector spaces, and Kluge's fixed point theorem. These pieces are reusable beyond this mission: Clarke's calculus for every nonsmooth optimization statement on Banach spaces, and the fixed point theorems for variational and quasi-variational inequalities in general. Contributions of any of them, of alternative proofs, and of proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Zeng, S. Migórski, A. A. Khan, Nonlinear quasi-hemivariational inequalities: existence and optimal control, SIAM J. Control Optim. 59(2) (2021) 1246–1274. https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1282210
  • F. H. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983; reprinted SIAM Classics in Applied Mathematics 5, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
  • R. Kluge, Nichtlineare Variationsungleichungen und Extremalaufgaben, VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1979.
  • S. Migórski, A. Ochal, M. Sofonea, Nonlinear Inclusions and Hemivariational Inequalities, Springer, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-4232-5
  • P. D. Panagiotopoulos, Hemivariational Inequalities: Applications in Mechanics and Engineering, Springer, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-51677-1
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding the Acceleration Phenomenon via High-Resolution Differential Equations I: NAG-SC with Step Size 1/(4L) Satisfies f(xₖ) − f(x⋆) ≤ 5L‖x₀ − x⋆‖²/(1 + √(μ/L)/12)ᵏResearch Paper

Motivation

Nesterov's accelerated gradient method is the standard example of a first-order method that is provably faster than gradient descent. On a μ\muμ-strongly convex function with LLL-Lipschitz gradient, gradient descent reduces the objective gap by a factor 1−O(μ/L)1-O(\mu/L)1−O(μ/L) per step, while the accelerated method achieves 1−O(μ/L)1-O(\sqrt{\mu/L})1−O(μ/L​), the best possible rate for first-order methods (Nesterov, 2004/2013). The classical proof uses the estimate sequence technique, which certifies the rate but does not explain where the acceleration comes from.

Shi, Du, Jordan and Su (arXiv:1810.08907, published in Mathematical Programming, 2021) propose an explanation through high-resolution ordinary differential equations: continuous-time limits of the algorithms that keep terms of order s\sqrt ss​ in the step size sss. The heavy-ball method and Nesterov's method have the same low-resolution limit but different high-resolution limits; the extra term, a gradient correction s ∇2f(X)X˙\sqrt s\,\nabla^2 f(X)\dot Xs​∇2f(X)X˙, is what separates the two. From the high-resolution ODE of Nesterov's method the authors derive a discrete Lyapunov function and use it to give, in their words, the first Lyapunov-function-based proof of the accelerated linear rate of Nesterov's method for strongly convex functions. This mission formalizes that discrete result, Theorem 3 of the paper.

Timeline:

  • 1964: Polyak introduces the heavy-ball method, with local accelerated convergence.
  • 1983: Nesterov introduces the accelerated gradient method, with global accelerated rates.
  • 2004/2013: Nesterov's textbook proves the rate f(xk)−f(x⋆)=O((1−μ/L)k)f(x_k)-f(x^\star)=O((1-\sqrt{\mu/L})^k)f(xk​)−f(x⋆)=O((1−μ/L​)k) for NAG-SC with s=1/Ls=1/Ls=1/L by estimate sequences.
  • 2014–2016: Su, Boyd and Candès derive the low-resolution ODE limit of Nesterov's method for convex functions; Wilson, Recht and Jordan give Lyapunov analyses in continuous and discrete time.
  • 2018: Shi, Du, Jordan and Su introduce high-resolution ODEs and prove Theorem 3 with an explicit Lyapunov function.

Setting

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ be the Euclidean norm on Rn\mathbb R^nRn and ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ the inner product. For L>0L>0L>0, the class FL1(Rn)\mathcal F^1_L(\mathbb R^n)FL1​(Rn) consists of differentiable functions fff with f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\ranglef(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩ for all x,yx,yx,y (convexity) and ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥ (an LLL-Lipschitz gradient). For 0<μ≤L0<\mu\le L0<μ≤L, the class Sμ,L1(Rn)\mathcal S^1_{\mu,L}(\mathbb R^n)Sμ,L1​(Rn) consists of those f∈FL1f\in\mathcal F^1_Lf∈FL1​ with

f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+μ2∥y−x∥2for all x,y.f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+\frac\mu2\|y-x\|^2\qquad\text{for all }x,y.f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+2μ​∥y−x∥2for all x,y.

Such an fff has a unique minimizer x⋆x^\starx⋆.

NAG-SC with step size s>0s>0s>0 starts from any x0=y0∈Rnx_0=y_0\in\mathbb R^nx0​=y0​∈Rn and iterates

yk+1=xk−s∇f(xk),xk+1=yk+1+1−μs1+μs (yk+1−yk),k≥0.y_{k+1}=x_k-s\nabla f(x_k),\qquad x_{k+1}=y_{k+1}+\frac{1-\sqrt{\mu s}}{1+\sqrt{\mu s}}\,(y_{k+1}-y_k),\qquad k\ge0.yk+1​=xk​−s∇f(xk​),xk+1​=yk+1​+1+μs​1−μs​​(yk+1​−yk​),k≥0.

The velocity is vk=(xk+1−xk)/sv_k=(x_{k+1}-x_k)/\sqrt svk​=(xk+1​−xk​)/s​, and the discrete Lyapunov function of the paper is

E(k)=1+μs1−μs(f(xk)−f(x⋆))+14∥vk∥2+14∥vk+2μ1−μs(xk+1−x⋆)+s ∇f(xk)∥2−s∥∇f(xk)∥22(1−μs).\mathcal E(k)=\frac{1+\sqrt{\mu s}}{1-\sqrt{\mu s}}\big(f(x_k)-f(x^\star)\big)+\frac14\|v_k\|^2+\frac14\Big\|v_k+\frac{2\sqrt\mu}{1-\sqrt{\mu s}}(x_{k+1}-x^\star)+\sqrt s\,\nabla f(x_k)\Big\|^2-\frac{s\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2}{2(1-\sqrt{\mu s})}.E(k)=1−μs​1+μs​​(f(xk​)−f(x⋆))+41​∥vk​∥2+41​​vk​+1−μs​2μ​​(xk+1​−x⋆)+s​∇f(xk​)​2−2(1−μs​)s∥∇f(xk​)∥2​.

In Lean these are IsF1, IsS1, IsNAGSC, vel and lyap in the namespace HighResODE.NAGSC.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 16)

For f∈Sμ,L1(Rn)f\in\mathcal S^1_{\mu,L}(\mathbb R^n)f∈Sμ,L1​(Rn) and step size s=1/(4L)s=1/(4L)s=1/(4L), the iterates of NAG-SC satisfy, for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

f(xk)−f(x⋆)≤5L∥x0−x⋆∥2(1+112μ/L)k.f(x_k)-f(x^\star)\le\frac{5L\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}{\big(1+\frac1{12}\sqrt{\mu/L}\big)^k}.f(xk​)−f(x⋆)≤(1+121​μ/L​)k5L∥x0​−x⋆∥2​.

The statement mentions only fff, x⋆x^\starx⋆, the iterates and the constants; the Lyapunov function does not appear in it.

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. (2.5), p. 11: the phase-space representation of NAG-SC in terms of xkx_kxk​ and vkv_kvk​, and the initial velocity v0=−2s ∇f(x0)/(1+μs)v_0=-2\sqrt s\,\nabla f(x_0)/(1+\sqrt{\mu s})v0​=−2s​∇f(x0​)/(1+μs​).
  2. (3.15), p. 19: an upper bound on E(k)\mathcal E(k)E(k) by f(xk)−f(x⋆)f(x_k)-f(x^\star)f(xk​)−f(x⋆), ∥vk∥2\|v_k\|^2∥vk​∥2, ∥xk−x⋆∥2\|x_k-x^\star\|^2∥xk​−x⋆∥2 and f(xk)−f(x⋆)−s2∥∇f(xk)∥2f(x_k)-f(x^\star)-\frac s2\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2f(xk​)−f(x⋆)−2s​∥∇f(xk​)∥2.
  3. (B.2), p. 51: a bound on E(k+1)−E(k)\mathcal E(k+1)-\mathcal E(k)E(k+1)−E(k) by ⟨∇f(xk+1),xk+1−x⋆⟩\langle\nabla f(x_{k+1}),x_{k+1}-x^\star\rangle⟨∇f(xk+1​),xk+1​−x⋆⟩, ∥vk+1∥2\|v_{k+1}\|^2∥vk+1​∥2 and ∥∇f(xk+1)−∇f(xk)∥2\|\nabla f(x_{k+1})-\nabla f(x_k)\|^2∥∇f(xk+1​)−∇f(xk​)∥2.
  4. (3.16), pp. 19–20: the first-difference bound in the same quantities as (3.15), for s≤1/(2L)s\le1/(2L)s≤1/(2L).
  5. Lemma 3.4, p. 16: for 0<s≤1/(4L)0<s\le1/(4L)0<s≤1/(4L), E(k+1)−E(k)≤−μs6E(k+1)\mathcal E(k+1)-\mathcal E(k)\le-\frac{\sqrt{\mu s}}6\mathcal E(k+1)E(k+1)−E(k)≤−6μs​​E(k+1).
  6. (3.7), p. 16: at s=1/(4L)s=1/(4L)s=1/(4L), f(xk)−f(x⋆)≤4(1−μ/(4L))3+4μ/(4L)E(k)f(x_k)-f(x^\star)\le\frac{4(1-\sqrt{\mu/(4L)})}{3+4\sqrt{\mu/(4L)}}\mathcal E(k)f(xk​)−f(x⋆)≤3+4μ/(4L)​4(1−μ/(4L)​)​E(k).
  7. (3.8), p. 17: at s=1/(4L)s=1/(4L)s=1/(4L), E(k)≤E(0)/(1+112μ/L)k\mathcal E(k)\le\mathcal E(0)/(1+\frac1{12}\sqrt{\mu/L})^kE(k)≤E(0)/(1+121​μ/L​)k.
  8. (3.9), p. 17: E(0)≤[⋯ ]⋅L∥x0−x⋆∥2\mathcal E(0)\le[\cdots]\cdot L\|x_0-x^\star\|^2E(0)≤[⋯]⋅L∥x0​−x⋆∥2 with the bracket printed on the page.

A further item, not a milestone, states that the resulting constant Cμ/LC_{\mu/L}Cμ/L​ (p. 17) is less than five.

Significance

Theorem 3 recovers the optimal accelerated rate of NAG-SC, log⁡(f(xk)−f(x⋆))≤−Ω(kμ/L)\log(f(x_k)-f(x^\star))\le-\Omega(k\sqrt{\mu/L})log(f(xk​)−f(x⋆))≤−Ω(kμ/L​), with fully explicit constants: step size 1/(4L)1/(4L)1/(4L), rate (1+μ/L/12)−1(1+\sqrt{\mu/L}/12)^{-1}(1+μ/L​/12)−1 and prefactor 5L∥x0−x⋆∥25L\|x_0-x^\star\|^25L∥x0​−x⋆∥2. The proof is a single Lyapunov inequality (Lemma 3.4) rather than an estimate sequence, and the same Lyapunov function, read in continuous time, explains acceleration through the gradient correction term. The heavy-ball method, which lacks this term, admits only a non-accelerated global rate under the same analysis.

The theorem is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. To our knowledge neither Theorem 3 nor its Lyapunov function has a machine-checked proof. The platform carries a formalization target for a different statement about Nesterov's method in the strongly convex case (Bubeck's Theorem 3.18, step 1/L1/L1/L, rate (1−1/κ)t−1(1-1/\sqrt\kappa)^{t-1}(1−1/κ​)t−1, constant (α+β)/2(\alpha+\beta)/2(α+β)/2), which is not this theorem. A completed mission yields a checked discrete Lyapunov proof of acceleration, with every inequality of the paper's proof as a separate reusable statement.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, unrolling the two-step recursion and bounding it as a linear system, works only for quadratics and loses the constants. The Lyapunov route avoids this, but its core step, the first-difference bound (B.2), is a long computation in the appendix (pp. 51–56): the cross terms coming from the momentum and from the gradient difference ∇f(xk+1)−∇f(xk)\nabla f(x_{k+1})-\nabla f(x_k)∇f(xk+1​)−∇f(xk​) must cancel exactly, and the small negative term of E\mathcal EE exists only to make them cancel. Lemma 3.4 then needs the comparison of four coefficient pairs between (3.15) and (3.16), which holds only because s≤1/(4L)s\le1/(4L)s≤1/(4L) forces μs≤1/2\sqrt{\mu s}\le1/2μs​≤1/2. Finally, the inequality Cμ/L<5C_{\mu/L}<5Cμ/L​<5 is an elementary but unpleasant one-variable estimate.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), with nnn arbitrary; ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient f.
  • The classes are structures stating the page's first-order inequalities; differentiability, L>0L>0L>0 and 0<μ≤L0<\mu\le L0<μ≤L are fields. Strong convexity is the page's inequality with ∥y−x∥2\|y-x\|^2∥y−x∥2.
  • The minimizer x⋆x^\starx⋆ is a binder with ∀ z, f xs ≤ f z; the stationarity ∇f(x⋆)=0\nabla f(x^\star)=0∇f(x⋆)=0 is not assumed separately.
  • NAG-SC is a predicate on the pair of sequences that fixes them from x0x_0x0​ (with y0=x0y_0=x_0y0​=x0​), indexed from k=0k=0k=0. The goal holds for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0.
  • The step size in the goal, (3.7) and (3.8) is exactly 1/(4L)1/(4L)1/(4L); Lemma 3.4, (3.15) and (B.2) assume 0<s≤1/(4L)0<s\le1/(4L)0<s≤1/(4L) (for (3.15) and (B.2) this is the standing range of the proof of Lemma 3.4); (3.16) assumes 0<s≤1/(2L)0<s\le1/(2L)0<s≤1/(2L) as printed; (2.5) and (3.9) assume s>0s>0s>0 and μs<1\mu s<1μs<1, which is all their formulas need.
  • Square roots are Real.sqrt, with μs\sqrt{\mu s}μs​ and μ/(4L)\sqrt{\mu/(4L)}μ/(4L)​ written as on the page.

A formalization that let the NAG-SC predicate constrain only the yyy-update, dropped the Lipschitz-gradient bound from the class, or left the step size as a free parameter unrelated to LLL would make the goal false or vacuous; the statements here do none of these.

A complete development needs the standard smoothness facts for FL1\mathcal F^1_LFL1​ (the descent lemma, 12L∥∇f(x)∥2≤f(x)−f(x⋆)\frac1{2L}\|\nabla f(x)\|^2\le f(x)-f(x^\star)2L1​∥∇f(x)∥2≤f(x)−f(x⋆), co-coercivity), which are reusable well beyond this mission, followed by the algebra of (B.2). Contributions of proofs of individual milestones, in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • B. Shi, S. S. Du, M. I. Jordan, W. J. Su, Understanding the Acceleration Phenomenon via High-Resolution Differential Equations, arXiv:1810.08907v3, 2018; Mathematical Programming, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.08907, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01681-8
  • Y. Nesterov, A method of solving a convex programming problem with convergence rate O(1/k²), Soviet Mathematics Doklady 27, 1983.
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • B. T. Polyak, Some methods of speeding up the convergence of iteration methods, USSR Computational Mathematics and Mathematical Physics 4(5), 1964. https://doi.org/10.1016/0041-5553(64)90137-5
  • W. Su, S. Boyd, E. J. Candès, A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights, Journal of Machine Learning Research 17, 2016. https://jmlr.org/papers/v17/15-084.html
  • A. C. Wilson, B. Recht, M. I. Jordan, A Lyapunov Analysis of Accelerated Methods in Optimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 22, 2021 (arXiv:1611.02635). https://arxiv.org/abs/1611.02635
  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4), 2015, Theorem 3.18. https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.4980
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Douglas-Rachford Splitting and ADMM for Nonconvex Optimization: Tight Convergence Results V: The Image Function (Af) Is Smooth Under Relative Smoothness, Lipschitz Minimizers, or ConvexityResearch Paper

Why the smoothness of an image function matters

The alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM) solves problems of the form min⁡{f(x)+g(z)∣Ax+Bz=b}\min\{f(x)+g(z)\mid Ax+Bz=b\}min{f(x)+g(z)∣Ax+Bz=b} and is a standard tool in signal processing, statistics and distributed optimization (Boyd et al., 2011). For convex problems ADMM is known to be the Douglas–Rachford splitting (DRS) applied to a dual problem. Themelis and Patrinos (arXiv:1709.05747v4, SIAM J. Optim. 30(1), 2020) show a primal equivalence that holds without convexity: one ADMM step is one DRS step on the problem

min⁡s∈Rp (Af)(s)+(Bg)(b−s),\min_{s\in\mathbb R^p}\ (Af)(s)+(Bg)(b-s),s∈Rpmin​ (Af)(s)+(Bg)(b−s),

where (Af)(Af)(Af) and (Bg)(Bg)(Bg) are image functions (their Theorem 5.5). Their nonconvex DRS theory (Theorem 4.3) requires the first summand φ1=(Af)\varphi_1=(Af)φ1​=(Af) to have a Lipschitz continuous gradient. Convergence guarantees for nonconvex ADMM therefore rest on knowing when (Af)(Af)(Af) is smooth and with which constants. Section 5.4.2 of the paper answers this question in Theorem 5.13, the target of this mission.

Setting

Let A∈Rp×nA\in\mathbb R^{p\times n}A∈Rp×n be a matrix, viewed as a linear map Rn→Rp\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^pRn→Rp with transpose A⊤A^\topA⊤ and spectral norm ∥A∥\|A\|∥A∥, and let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R. The image function (Definition 5.1) is

(Af)(s)=inf⁡{f(x)∣Ax=s},s∈Rp,(Af)(s)=\inf\{f(x)\mid Ax=s\},\qquad s\in\mathbb R^p,(Af)(s)=inf{f(x)∣Ax=s},s∈Rp,

the least value of fff on the fibre A−1(s)A^{-1}(s)A−1(s). It can be +∞+\infty+∞ (empty fibre) or −∞-\infty−∞ (unbounded below). Write X(s)=arg min⁡{f(x)∣Ax=s}X(s)=\operatorname*{arg\,min}\{f(x)\mid Ax=s\}X(s)=argmin{f(x)∣Ax=s} for the set of minimizers on the fibre.

A differentiable hhh is LLL-smooth if ∥∇h(x)−∇h(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|\nabla h(x)-\nabla h(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥∇h(x)−∇h(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥, and σ\sigmaσ-hypoconvex if h−σ2∥⋅∥2h-\frac\sigma2\|\cdot\|^2h−2σ​∥⋅∥2 is convex; C1,1(Rn)C^{1,1}(\mathbb R^n)C1,1(Rn) is the class of LLL-smooth functions (§2.2). For σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 hypoconvexity is σ\sigmaσ-strong convexity; for σ<0\sigma<0σ<0 it allows nonconvexity.

The paper introduces smoothness relative to a matrix (Definition 5.12). A differentiable fff belongs to CA1,1(Rn)C^{1,1}_A(\mathbb R^n)CA1,1​(Rn) with constants ∣σf,A∣≤Lf,A|\sigma_{f,A}|\le L_{f,A}∣σf,A​∣≤Lf,A​ if

σf,A∥A(x−y)∥2≤⟨∇f(x)−∇f(y),x−y⟩≤Lf,A∥A(x−y)∥2\sigma_{f,A}\|A(x-y)\|^2\le\langle\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y),x-y\rangle\le L_{f,A}\|A(x-y)\|^2σf,A​∥A(x−y)∥2≤⟨∇f(x)−∇f(y),x−y⟩≤Lf,A​∥A(x−y)∥2

whenever ∇f(x),∇f(y)∈range⁡A⊤\nabla f(x),\nabla f(y)\in\operatorname{range}A^\top∇f(x),∇f(y)∈rangeA⊤. The condition only concerns points whose gradient is orthogonal to ker⁡A\ker AkerA, which includes every minimizer of fff on a fibre.

Finally, σ+(M)\sigma_+(M)σ+​(M) denotes the smallest nonzero singular value of a nonzero matrix MMM (p. 5).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.13

Let AAA be surjective and fff lower semicontinuous, and suppose that for some β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0 the function f+β2∥A⋅−s∥2f+\frac\beta2\|A\cdot-s\|^2f+2β​∥A⋅−s∥2 is level bounded for every sss. Then (Af)(Af)(Af) is real-valued, L(Af)L_{(Af)}L(Af)​-smooth and σ(Af)\sigma_{(Af)}σ(Af)​-hypoconvex on Rp\mathbb R^pRp in each of three cases:

  1. f∈CA1,1(Rn)f\in C^{1,1}_A(\mathbb R^n)f∈CA1,1​(Rn): L(Af)=Lf,A\quad L_{(Af)}=L_{f,A}L(Af)​=Lf,A​,  σ(Af)=σf,A\ \sigma_{(Af)}=\sigma_{f,A} σ(Af)​=σf,A​;
  2. f∈C1,1(Rn)f\in C^{1,1}(\mathbb R^n)f∈C1,1(Rn) and X(s)X(s)X(s) is single valued and MMM-Lipschitz:
L(Af)=LfM2,σ(Af)={σf/∥A∥2σf≥0,σfM2σf<0;L_{(Af)}=L_fM^2,\qquad \sigma_{(Af)}=\begin{cases}\sigma_f/\|A\|^2&\sigma_f\ge0,\\ \sigma_fM^2&\sigma_f<0;\end{cases}L(Af)​=Lf​M2,σ(Af)​={σf​/∥A∥2σf​M2​σf​≥0,σf​<0;​
  1. f∈C1,1(Rn)f\in C^{1,1}(\mathbb R^n)f∈C1,1(Rn) is convex: L(Af)=Lf/σ+(A⊤A)\quad L_{(Af)}=L_f/\sigma_+(A^\top A)L(Af)​=Lf​/σ+​(A⊤A),  σ(Af)=σf/∥A∥2\ \sigma_{(Af)}=\sigma_f/\|A\|^2 σ(Af)​=σf​/∥A∥2.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them: properness of image functions (Proposition 5.2(i)); lower semicontinuity of (Af)(Af)(Af) and nonemptiness of X(s)X(s)X(s); strict continuity of (Af)(Af)(Af) and nonemptiness of its limiting subdifferential; the subgradient transfer A⊤∂^(Af)(sˉ)⊆∂^f(xˉ)A^\top\hat\partial(Af)(\bar s)\subseteq\hat\partial f(\bar x)A⊤∂^(Af)(sˉ)⊆∂^f(xˉ) (Proposition 5.3); the identity (5.7) relating subgradients of (Af)(Af)(Af) to gradients of fff at fibre minimizers; strong convexity of image functions (Proposition 5.4); and the subdifferential characterization of smoothness (Lemma 2.1).

Significance

Theorem 5.13 is what makes the DRS convergence results of the paper apply to ADMM in practice: Theorem 5.6 of the paper assumes (Af)(Af)(Af) is smooth, and this theorem gives conditions on fff and AAA under which that assumption holds, with explicit constants that enter the admissible penalty parameters. Case (i) is weaker than requiring fff itself to be C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1: the paper's example f(x,y)=12x2y2f(x,y)=\frac12x^2y^2f(x,y)=21​x2y2, A=[1 0]A=[1\ 0]A=[1 0] satisfies it with Lf,A=0L_{f,A}=0Lf,A​=0 although ∇f\nabla f∇f is not globally Lipschitz. Case (iii) recovers the convex setting with a constant governed by the conditioning of AAA. Propositions 5.3 and 5.4 and Lemma 2.1 are general tools of variational analysis that apply beyond this theorem.

The result is proved in the paper, with parts of the argument delegated to Rockafellar–Wets (Thms. 1.32, 9.13, 10.13) and to Nesterov's cocoercivity theorem. No machine-checked version is known to exist. A formalization would also need image functions, regular and limiting subdifferentials on Rp\mathbb R^pRp, and parametric minimization, none of which Mathlib currently provides.

Difficulty

The image function is defined by an infimum, so smoothness of (Af)(Af)(Af) cannot be read off a formula. The proof goes through the limiting subdifferential: it shows that (Af)(Af)(Af) is lower semicontinuous and strictly continuous, so that ∂(Af)\partial(Af)∂(Af) is nonempty, relates each subgradient yyy of (Af)(Af)(Af) to a gradient ∇f(x)\nabla f(x)∇f(x) at a fibre minimizer, and then applies a subdifferential characterization of C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 functions (Lemma 2.1). The obvious shortcut, an envelope or implicit-function argument that differentiates through the minimizer map X(s)X(s)X(s), fails: X(s)X(s)X(s) need not be single valued or continuous in cases (i) and (iii). Limiting subgradients also require a compactness argument (uniform level boundedness) to pass from regular subgradients at nearby points to minimizers on the limit fibre.

Formalization scope

Spaces are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), matrices are continuous linear maps with ContinuousLinearMap.adjoint as transpose and the operator norm as ∥A∥\|A\|∥A∥, and "surjective" is Function.Surjective. fff is real-valued; the image function imageFn is an EReal infimum over the fibre, and the conclusion asserts that it equals a real function FFF that is LLL-smooth and σ\sigmaσ-hypoconvex. Regular and limiting subdifferentials are the published NonconvexSplitting.Shared.IsRegularSubgrad and LimitingSubdiff. The three cases are three separate implications, each with the constants printed in the theorem. In case (iii), σ+(A⊤A)\sigma_+(A^\top A)σ+​(A⊤A) is passed as a number ccc with the hypothesis that ccc is the least value of ∥A⊤y∥2\|A^\top y\|^2∥A⊤y∥2 over unit vectors yyy, which equals the smallest nonzero eigenvalue of A⊤AA^\top AA⊤A for surjective AAA. For p=0p=0p=0 this set is empty and case (iii) is vacuous.

The goal does not assume that (Af)(Af)(Af) is real-valued, differentiable or strictly continuous, nor that fibre minimizers exist outside case (ii). A statement making any of these assumptions would be trivial or circular. Definition 5.12 keeps its range guard; dropping the guard would turn case (i) into ordinary C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 smoothness.

Three points differ from the printed text, and each is disclosed in the item concerned:

  • Lemma 2.1 is stated for lower semicontinuous hhh. On R\mathbb RR, the step function h=−1h=-1h=−1 on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0) and 000 on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) has ∂h≡{0}\partial h\equiv\{0\}∂h≡{0} but is not differentiable. Theorem 5.13 applies the lemma to the lsc function (Af)(Af)(Af).
  • Strict continuity of (Af)(Af)(Af) is stated for C1C^1C1 functions fff. The page's "since fff is differentiable" is not enough: f(x)=x2sin⁡(1/x2)+2x2f(x)=x^2\sin(1/x^2)+2x^2f(x)=x2sin(1/x2)+2x2 with A=1A=1A=1 is a counterexample.
  • (5.7) is stated for limiting subgradients, which is what the proof needs.

The definitions of this mission (image function, relative smoothness, strong convexity of extended-valued functions) are reusable for any analysis of ADMM or of marginal functions. Proofs of the milestones, of Lemma 2.1 as a standalone result, and supporting variational-analysis lemmas are all welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Themelis, P. Patrinos, Douglas–Rachford splitting and ADMM for nonconvex optimization: tight convergence results, SIAM J. Optim. 30(1):149–181, 2020. arXiv:1709.05747v4, doi:10.1137/18M1163993
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Grundlehren 317, Springer, 1998. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
  • Y. Nesterov, Lectures on Convex Optimization, Springer, 2018. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-91578-4
  • H. H. Bauschke, P. L. Combettes, Convex Analysis and Monotone Operator Theory in Hilbert Spaces, 2nd ed., Springer, 2017. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-48311-5
  • S. Boyd, N. Parikh, E. Chu, B. Peleato, J. Eckstein, Distributed optimization and statistical learning via the alternating direction method of multipliers, Found. Trends Mach. Learn. 3(1):1–122, 2011. doi:10.1561/2200000016
11 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 55 of 72Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me